ASTContext.cpp revision cff15128c6c089bd6fae841b80680e6f5afbf0bf
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 30#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 35#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 38#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 39#include <map> 40 41using namespace clang; 42 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 54unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 55 56enum FloatingRank { 57 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 58}; 59 60RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 61 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 62 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 63 CommentsLoaded = true; 64 } 65 66 assert(D); 67 68 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 69 if (D->isImplicit()) 70 return NULL; 71 72 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 73 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 74 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 75 return NULL; 76 } 77 78 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 79 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 80 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 81 return NULL; 82 } 83 84 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 85 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 86 return NULL; 87 } 88 89 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 90 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 91 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 92 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 93 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 94 return NULL; 95 } 96 97 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 98 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 99 return NULL; 100 } 101 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 102 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 103 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 104 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 105 return NULL; 106 } 107 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 108 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 109 return NULL; 110 111 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 112 // documentation. 113 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 115 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 116 return NULL; 117 118 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 119 120 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 121 if (RawComments.empty()) 122 return NULL; 123 124 // Find declaration location. 125 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 126 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 127 // location". 128 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 129 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 130 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 131 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 132 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 133 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 134 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 135 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 136 else 137 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 138 139 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 140 // can't find the comment. 141 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 142 return NULL; 143 144 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 145 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 146 { 147 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 148 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 149 // first. 150 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 151 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 152 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 153 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 154 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 155 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 156 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 157 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 158 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 159 } 160 161 if (Found) { 162 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 163 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 164 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 165 } else { 166 // Slow path. 167 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 168 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 169 } 170 } 171 172 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 173 // file buffer. 174 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 175 176 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 177 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 178 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 179 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 180 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 181 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 182 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 183 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 184 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 185 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 186 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 187 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 188 return *Comment; 189 } 190 } 191 192 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 193 // Let's look at the previous comment. 194 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 195 return NULL; 196 --Comment; 197 198 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 199 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 200 return NULL; 201 202 // Decompose the end of the comment. 203 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 204 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 205 206 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 207 // aren't related. 208 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 209 return NULL; 210 211 // Get the corresponding buffer. 212 bool Invalid = false; 213 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 214 &Invalid).data(); 215 if (Invalid) 216 return NULL; 217 218 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 219 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 220 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 221 222 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 223 // comment and declaration. 224 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 225 return NULL; 226 227 return *Comment; 228} 229 230namespace { 231/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 232/// refer to the actual template. 233/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 234const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 235 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 236 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 237 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 238 return FTD; 239 240 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 241 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 242 return D; 243 244 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 245 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 246 return FTD; 247 248 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 249 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 250 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 251 return MemberDecl; 252 253 return D; 254 } 255 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 256 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 257 // template? 258 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 259 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 260 return MemberDecl; 261 262 return D; 263 } 264 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 265 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 266 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 267 return CTD; 268 269 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 270 // specialization? 271 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 272 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 273 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 274 return D; 275 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 276 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 277 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 278 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 279 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 280 static_cast<const Decl*>( 281 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 282 } 283 284 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 285 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 286 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 287 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 288 289 return D; 290 } 291 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 292 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 293 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 294 return MemberDecl; 295 296 return D; 297 } 298 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 299 return D; 300} 301} // unnamed namespace 302 303const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 304 const Decl *D, 305 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 306 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 307 308 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 309 { 310 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 311 RedeclComments.find(D); 312 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 313 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 314 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 315 if (OriginalDecl) 316 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 317 return Raw.getRaw(); 318 } 319 } 320 } 321 322 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 323 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 324 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 325 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 326 E = D->redecls_end(); 327 I != E; ++I) { 328 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 329 RedeclComments.find(*I); 330 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 331 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 332 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 333 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 334 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 335 break; 336 } 337 } else { 338 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 339 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 340 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 341 if (RC) { 342 Raw.setRaw(RC); 343 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 344 } else 345 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 346 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 347 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 348 if (RC) 349 break; 350 } 351 } 352 353 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 354 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 355 356 if (OriginalDecl) 357 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 358 359 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 360 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 361 Raw.setRaw(RC); 362 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 363 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 364 365 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 366 E = D->redecls_end(); 367 I != E; ++I) { 368 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 369 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 370 R = Raw; 371 } 372 373 return RC; 374} 375 376static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 377 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 378 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 379 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 380 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 381 if (!ID) 382 return; 383 // Add redeclared method here. 384 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 385 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 386 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 387 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 388 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 389 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 390 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 391 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 392 } 393 } 394} 395 396comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 397 const Decl *D) const { 398 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 399 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 400 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 401 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 402 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 403 comments::FullComment *CFC = 404 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 405 ThisDeclInfo); 406 return CFC; 407 408} 409 410comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { 411 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 412 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, 0, D) : 0; 413} 414 415comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 416 const Decl *D, 417 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 418 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 419 return NULL; 420 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 421 422 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 423 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 424 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 425 426 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 427 if (Canonical != D) { 428 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 429 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 430 return CFC; 431 } 432 return Pos->second; 433 } 434 435 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 436 437 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 438 if (!RC) { 439 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 440 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 441 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 442 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 443 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 444 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 445 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 446 if (OMD) 447 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 448 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 449 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 450 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 451 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 452 } 453 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 454 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 455 // does not have one of its own. 456 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 457 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 458 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 459 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 460 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 461 } 462 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 463 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 464 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 465 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 466 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 467 } 468 } 469 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 470 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 471 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 472 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 473 } 474 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 475 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 476 return NULL; 477 // Check non-virtual bases. 478 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 479 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 480 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 481 continue; 482 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 483 if (Ty.isNull()) 484 continue; 485 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 486 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 487 continue; 488 489 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 490 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 491 } 492 } 493 // Check virtual bases. 494 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 495 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 496 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 497 continue; 498 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 499 if (Ty.isNull()) 500 continue; 501 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 502 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 503 continue; 504 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 505 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 506 } 507 } 508 } 509 return NULL; 510 } 511 512 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 513 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 514 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 515 // different across redeclarations. 516 if (D != OriginalDecl) 517 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 518 519 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 520 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 521 return FC; 522} 523 524void 525ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 526 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 527 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 528 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 529 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 530 531 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 532 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 533 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 534 PEnd = Params->end(); 535 P != PEnd; ++P) { 536 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 537 ID.AddInteger(0); 538 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 539 continue; 540 } 541 542 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 543 ID.AddInteger(1); 544 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 545 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 546 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 547 ID.AddBoolean(true); 548 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 549 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 550 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 551 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 552 } 553 } else 554 ID.AddBoolean(false); 555 continue; 556 } 557 558 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 559 ID.AddInteger(2); 560 Profile(ID, TTP); 561 } 562} 563 564TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 565ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 566 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 567 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 568 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 569 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 570 void *InsertPos = 0; 571 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 572 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 573 if (Canonical) 574 return Canonical->getParam(); 575 576 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 577 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 578 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 579 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 580 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 581 PEnd = Params->end(); 582 P != PEnd; ++P) { 583 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 584 CanonParams.push_back( 585 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 586 SourceLocation(), 587 SourceLocation(), 588 TTP->getDepth(), 589 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 590 TTP->isParameterPack())); 591 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 592 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 593 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 594 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 595 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 596 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 597 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 598 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 599 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 600 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 601 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 602 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 603 } 604 605 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 606 SourceLocation(), 607 SourceLocation(), 608 NTTP->getDepth(), 609 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 610 T, 611 TInfo, 612 ExpandedTypes.data(), 613 ExpandedTypes.size(), 614 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 615 } else { 616 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 617 SourceLocation(), 618 SourceLocation(), 619 NTTP->getDepth(), 620 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 621 T, 622 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 623 TInfo); 624 } 625 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 626 627 } else 628 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 629 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 630 } 631 632 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 633 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 634 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 635 TTP->getPosition(), 636 TTP->isParameterPack(), 637 0, 638 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 639 SourceLocation(), 640 CanonParams.data(), 641 CanonParams.size(), 642 SourceLocation())); 643 644 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 645 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 646 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 647 (void)Canonical; 648 649 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 650 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 651 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 652 return CanonTTP; 653} 654 655CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 656 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 657 658 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 659 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 660 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 661 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 662 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 663 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 664 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 665 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 666 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 667 } 668 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 669} 670 671static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 672 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 673 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 674 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 675 // language-specific address space. 676 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 677 1, // opencl_global 678 2, // opencl_local 679 3, // opencl_constant 680 4, // cuda_device 681 5, // cuda_constant 682 6 // cuda_shared 683 }; 684 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 685 } else { 686 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 687 } 688} 689 690ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 691 const TargetInfo *t, 692 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 693 Builtin::Context &builtins, 694 unsigned size_reserve, 695 bool DelayInitialization) 696 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 697 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 698 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 699 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 700 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 701 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 702 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 703 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 704 BOOLDecl(0), 705 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 706 FILEDecl(0), 707 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 708 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 709 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 710 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 711 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 712 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 713 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 714 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 715 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 716 DeclarationNames(*this), 717 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 718 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 719 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 720 LastSDM(0, 0) 721{ 722 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 723 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 724 725 if (!DelayInitialization) { 726 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 727 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 728 } 729} 730 731ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 732 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 733 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 734 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 735 736 // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. 737 for (DeallocationMap::const_iterator I = Deallocations.begin(), 738 E = Deallocations.end(); I != E; ++I) 739 for (unsigned J = 0, N = I->second.size(); J != N; ++J) 740 (I->first)((I->second)[J]); 741 742 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 743 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 744 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 745 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 746 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 747 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 748 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 749 R->Destroy(*this); 750 751 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 752 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 753 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 754 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 755 R->Destroy(*this); 756 } 757 758 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 759 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 760 A != AEnd; ++A) 761 A->second->~AttrVec(); 762} 763 764void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 765 Deallocations[Callback].push_back(Data); 766} 767 768void 769ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 770 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 771} 772 773void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 774 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 775 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 776 777 unsigned counts[] = { 778#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 779#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 780#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 781 0 // Extra 782 }; 783 784 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 785 Type *T = Types[i]; 786 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 787 } 788 789 unsigned Idx = 0; 790 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 791#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 792 if (counts[Idx]) \ 793 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 794 << " types\n"; \ 795 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 796 ++Idx; 797#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 798#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 799 800 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 801 802 // Implicit special member functions. 803 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 804 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 805 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 806 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 807 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 808 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 810 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 811 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 812 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 813 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 814 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 815 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 817 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 818 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 819 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 820 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 821 << NumImplicitDestructors 822 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 823 824 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 825 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 826 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 827 } 828 829 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 830} 831 832TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 833 if (!Int128Decl) { 834 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 835 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 836 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 837 SourceLocation(), 838 SourceLocation(), 839 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 840 TInfo); 841 } 842 843 return Int128Decl; 844} 845 846TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 847 if (!UInt128Decl) { 848 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 849 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 850 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 851 SourceLocation(), 852 SourceLocation(), 853 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 854 TInfo); 855 } 856 857 return UInt128Decl; 858} 859 860void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 861 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 862 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 863 Types.push_back(Ty); 864} 865 866void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 867 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 868 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 869 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 870 871 this->Target = &Target; 872 873 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 874 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 875 876 // C99 6.2.5p19. 877 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 878 879 // C99 6.2.5p2. 880 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 881 // C99 6.2.5p3. 882 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 883 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 884 else 885 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 886 // C99 6.2.5p4. 887 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 888 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 889 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 890 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 891 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 892 893 // C99 6.2.5p6. 894 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 895 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 896 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 897 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 898 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 899 900 // C99 6.2.5p10. 901 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 902 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 903 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 904 905 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 906 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 907 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 908 909 // C++ 3.9.1p5 910 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 911 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 912 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 913 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 914 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 915 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 916 else { 917 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 918 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 919 } 920 921 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 922 923 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 924 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 925 else // C99 926 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 927 928 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 929 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 930 else // C99 931 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 932 933 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 934 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 935 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 936 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 937 // expressions. 938 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 939 940 // Placeholder type for functions. 941 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 942 943 // Placeholder type for bound members. 944 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 945 946 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 947 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 948 949 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 950 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 951 952 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 953 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 954 955 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 956 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 957 958 // C99 6.2.5p11. 959 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 960 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 961 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 962 963 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 964 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 965 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 966 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 967 968 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 969 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 970 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 971 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 972 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 973 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 974 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 975 976 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 977 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 978 } 979 980 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 981 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 982 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 983 984 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 985 986 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 987 988 // void * type 989 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 990 991 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 992 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 993 994 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 995 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 996 997 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 998 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 999} 1000 1001DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 1002 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 1003} 1004 1005AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1006 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1007 if (!Result) { 1008 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1009 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1010 } 1011 1012 return *Result; 1013} 1014 1015/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1016void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1017 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1018 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1019 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1020 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1021 } 1022} 1023 1024MemberSpecializationInfo * 1025ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1026 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1027 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 1028 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 1029 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 1030 return 0; 1031 1032 return Pos->second; 1033} 1034 1035void 1036ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1037 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1038 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1039 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1040 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1041 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 1042 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 1043 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 1044 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 1045} 1046 1047FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1048 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1049 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1050 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1051 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1052 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1053 return 0; 1054 1055 return Pos->second; 1056} 1057 1058void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1059 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1060 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1061 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1062 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1063} 1064 1065NamedDecl * 1066ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1067 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1068 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1069 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1070 return 0; 1071 1072 return Pos->second; 1073} 1074 1075void 1076ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1077 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1078 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1079 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1080 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1081 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1082 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1083} 1084 1085UsingShadowDecl * 1086ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1087 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1088 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1089 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1090 return 0; 1091 1092 return Pos->second; 1093} 1094 1095void 1096ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1097 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1098 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1099 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1100} 1101 1102FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1103 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1104 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1105 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1106 return 0; 1107 1108 return Pos->second; 1109} 1110 1111void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1112 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1113 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1114 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1115 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1116 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1117 1118 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1119} 1120 1121bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1122 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1123 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1124 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1125} 1126 1127bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1128 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1129 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1130 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1131 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1132} 1133 1134bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1135 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1136 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1137 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1138 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1139} 1140 1141bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1142 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1143 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1144 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1145} 1146 1147bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1148 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1149 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1150 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1151} 1152 1153ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1154ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1155 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1156 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1157 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1158 return 0; 1159 1160 return Pos->second.begin(); 1161} 1162 1163ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1164ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1165 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1166 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1167 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1168 return 0; 1169 1170 return Pos->second.end(); 1171} 1172 1173unsigned 1174ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1175 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1176 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1177 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1178 return 0; 1179 1180 return Pos->second.size(); 1181} 1182 1183void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1184 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1185 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1186 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1187} 1188 1189void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1190 const NamedDecl *D, 1191 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1192 assert(D); 1193 1194 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1195 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1196 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1197 return; 1198 } 1199 1200 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1201 if (!Method) 1202 return; 1203 1204 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1205 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1206 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1207} 1208 1209void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1210 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1211 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1212 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1213 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1214 LastLocalImport = Import; 1215 return; 1216 } 1217 1218 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1219 LastLocalImport = Import; 1220} 1221 1222//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1223// Type Sizing and Analysis 1224//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1225 1226/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1227/// scalar floating point type. 1228const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1229 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1230 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1231 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1232 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1233 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1234 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1235 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1236 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1237 } 1238} 1239 1240/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1241/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1242/// this method will assert on them. 1243/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1244/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1245CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1246 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1247 1248 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1249 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1250 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1251 1252 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1253 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1254 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1255 // 1256 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1257 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1258 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1259 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1260 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1261 } else { 1262 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1263 } 1264 } 1265 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1266 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1267 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1268 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1269 1270 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1271 // else about the declaration and its type. 1272 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1273 // do nothing 1274 1275 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1276 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1277 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1278 if (RefAsPointee) 1279 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1280 else 1281 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1282 } 1283 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1284 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1285 // large-array alignment on the target. 1286 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1287 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1288 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1289 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1290 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1291 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1292 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1293 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1294 1295 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1296 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1297 } 1298 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1299 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1300 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1301 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1302 } 1303 } 1304 1305 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1306 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1307 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1308 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1309 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1310 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1311 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1312 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1313 1314 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1315 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1316 1317 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1318 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1319 if (offset > 0) { 1320 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1321 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1322 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1323 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1324 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1325 } 1326 1327 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1328 } 1329 } 1330 1331 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1332} 1333 1334// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1335// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1336// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1337// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1338std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1339ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1340 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1341 1342 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1343 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1344 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1345 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1346 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1347 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1348 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1349 } 1350 } 1351 1352 return sizeAndAlign; 1353} 1354 1355/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits 1356/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. 1357std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1358static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, 1359 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { 1360 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = 1361 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); 1362 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1363 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= 1364 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1365 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); 1366 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; 1367 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); 1368 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1369 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), 1370 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 1371} 1372 1373std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1374ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1375 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) 1376 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); 1377 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1378 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1379 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1380} 1381 1382std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1383ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1384 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1385} 1386 1387std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1388 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1389 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1390 return it->second; 1391 1392 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1393 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1394 return Info; 1395} 1396 1397/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1398/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1399/// 1400/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1401/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1402/// should take a QualType, &c. 1403std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1404ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1405 uint64_t Width=0; 1406 unsigned Align=8; 1407 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1408#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1409#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1410#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1411#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1412#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1413 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1414 1415 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1416 case Type::FunctionProto: 1417 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1418 Width = 0; 1419 Align = 32; 1420 break; 1421 1422 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1423 case Type::VariableArray: 1424 Width = 0; 1425 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1426 break; 1427 1428 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1429 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1430 1431 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1432 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1433 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1434 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1435 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1436 Align = EltInfo.second; 1437 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1438 break; 1439 } 1440 case Type::ExtVector: 1441 case Type::Vector: { 1442 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1443 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1444 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1445 Align = Width; 1446 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1447 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1448 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1449 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1450 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1451 } 1452 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1453 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1454 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1455 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1456 break; 1457 } 1458 1459 case Type::Builtin: 1460 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1461 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1462 case BuiltinType::Void: 1463 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1464 Width = 0; 1465 Align = 8; 1466 break; 1467 1468 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1469 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1470 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1471 break; 1472 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1473 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1474 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1475 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1476 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1477 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1478 break; 1479 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1480 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1481 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1482 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1483 break; 1484 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1485 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1486 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1487 break; 1488 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1489 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1490 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1491 break; 1492 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1493 case BuiltinType::Short: 1494 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1495 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1496 break; 1497 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1498 case BuiltinType::Int: 1499 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1500 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1501 break; 1502 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1503 case BuiltinType::Long: 1504 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1505 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1506 break; 1507 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1508 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1509 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1510 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1511 break; 1512 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1513 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1514 Width = 128; 1515 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1516 break; 1517 case BuiltinType::Half: 1518 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1519 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1520 break; 1521 case BuiltinType::Float: 1522 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1523 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1524 break; 1525 case BuiltinType::Double: 1526 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1527 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1528 break; 1529 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1530 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1531 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1532 break; 1533 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1534 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1535 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1536 break; 1537 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1538 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1539 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1540 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1541 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1542 break; 1543 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1544 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1545 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1546 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1547 break; 1548 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1549 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1550 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1551 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1552 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1553 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1554 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1555 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1556 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1557 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1558 break; 1559 } 1560 break; 1561 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1562 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1563 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1564 break; 1565 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1566 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1567 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1568 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1569 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1570 break; 1571 } 1572 case Type::LValueReference: 1573 case Type::RValueReference: { 1574 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1575 // the pointer route. 1576 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1577 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1578 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1579 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1580 break; 1581 } 1582 case Type::Pointer: { 1583 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1584 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1585 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1586 break; 1587 } 1588 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1589 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1590 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1591 break; 1592 } 1593 case Type::Complex: { 1594 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1595 // size. 1596 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1597 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1598 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1599 Align = EltInfo.second; 1600 break; 1601 } 1602 case Type::ObjCObject: 1603 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1604 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1605 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1606 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1607 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1608 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1609 break; 1610 } 1611 case Type::Record: 1612 case Type::Enum: { 1613 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1614 1615 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1616 Width = 8; 1617 Align = 8; 1618 break; 1619 } 1620 1621 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1622 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1623 1624 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1625 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1626 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1627 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1628 break; 1629 } 1630 1631 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1632 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1633 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1634 1635 case Type::Auto: { 1636 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1637 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1638 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1639 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1640 } 1641 1642 case Type::Paren: 1643 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1644 1645 case Type::Typedef: { 1646 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1647 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1648 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1649 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1650 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1651 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1652 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1653 Align = AttrAlign; 1654 else 1655 Align = Info.second; 1656 Width = Info.first; 1657 break; 1658 } 1659 1660 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1661 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1662 .getTypePtr()); 1663 1664 case Type::TypeOf: 1665 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1666 1667 case Type::Decltype: 1668 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1669 .getTypePtr()); 1670 1671 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1672 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1673 1674 case Type::Elaborated: 1675 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1676 1677 case Type::Attributed: 1678 return getTypeInfo( 1679 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1680 1681 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1682 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1683 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1684 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1685 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1686 // aligned attribute on it. 1687 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1688 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1689 else 1690 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1691 } 1692 1693 case Type::Atomic: { 1694 // Start with the base type information. 1695 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1696 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1697 Width = Info.first; 1698 Align = Info.second; 1699 1700 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1701 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1702 // favorable to atomic operations: 1703 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1704 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1705 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1706 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1707 1708 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1709 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1710 } 1711 } 1712 1713 } 1714 1715 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1716 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1717} 1718 1719/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1720CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1721 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1722} 1723 1724/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1725int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1726 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1727} 1728 1729/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1730/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1731CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1732 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1733} 1734CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1735 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1736} 1737 1738/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1739/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1740CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1741 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1742} 1743CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1744 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1745} 1746 1747/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1748/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1749/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1750/// a data type. 1751unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1752 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1753 1754 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1755 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1756 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1757 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1758 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1759 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1760 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1761 1762 return ABIAlign; 1763} 1764 1765/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1766/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1767unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1768 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1769} 1770 1771/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1772/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1773CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1774 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1775} 1776 1777/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1778/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1779/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1780/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1781/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1782/// 1783void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1784 bool leafClass, 1785 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1786 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1787 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1788 if (!leafClass) { 1789 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1790 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1791 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1792 } else { 1793 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1794 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1795 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1796 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1797 } 1798} 1799 1800/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1801/// those inherited by it. 1802void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1803 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1804 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1805 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1806 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1807 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1808 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1809 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1810 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1811 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1812 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1813 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1814 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1815 } 1816 } 1817 1818 // Categories of this Interface. 1819 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1820 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1821 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1822 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1823 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1824 } 1825 1826 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1827 while (SD) { 1828 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1829 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1830 } 1831 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1832 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1833 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1834 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1835 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1836 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1837 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1838 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1839 } 1840 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1841 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1842 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1843 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1844 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1845 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1846 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1847 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1848 } 1849 } 1850} 1851 1852unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1853 unsigned count = 0; 1854 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1855 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1856 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1857 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1858 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1859 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1860 } 1861 1862 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1863 // includes synthesized ivars. 1864 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1865 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1866 1867 return count; 1868} 1869 1870bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1871 if (!E) 1872 return false; 1873 1874 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1875 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1876 1877 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1878 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1879 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1880 return true; 1881 1882 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1883 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1884 1885 return false; 1886} 1887 1888/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1889ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1890 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1891 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1892 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1893 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1894 return 0; 1895} 1896/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1897ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1898 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1899 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1900 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1901 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1902 return 0; 1903} 1904 1905/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1906void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1907 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1908 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1909 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1910} 1911/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1912void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1913 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1914 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1915 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1916} 1917 1918const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1919 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1920 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1921 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1922 return ID; 1923 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1924 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1925 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1926 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1927 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1928 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1929 1930 return 0; 1931} 1932 1933/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1934/// none exists. 1935Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1936 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1937 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1938 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1939 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1940 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1941 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1942} 1943 1944/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1945void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1946 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1947 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1948 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1949 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1950} 1951 1952TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1953 unsigned DataSize) const { 1954 if (!DataSize) 1955 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1956 else 1957 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1958 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1959 1960 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1961 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1962 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1963 return TInfo; 1964} 1965 1966TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1967 SourceLocation L) const { 1968 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1969 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1970 return DI; 1971} 1972 1973const ASTRecordLayout & 1974ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1975 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1976} 1977 1978const ASTRecordLayout & 1979ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1980 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1981 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1982} 1983 1984//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1985// Type creation/memoization methods 1986//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1987 1988QualType 1989ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1990 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1991 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1992 1993 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1994 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1995 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1996 void *insertPos = 0; 1997 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1998 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1999 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 2000 } 2001 2002 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 2003 QualType canon; 2004 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2005 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 2006 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 2007 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 2008 2009 // Re-find the insert position. 2010 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2011 } 2012 2013 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 2014 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 2015 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 2016} 2017 2018QualType 2019ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 2020 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2021 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 2022 return T; 2023 2024 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2025 // into one ExtQuals node. 2026 QualifierCollector Quals; 2027 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2028 2029 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2030 // another one. 2031 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2032 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2033 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2034 2035 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2036} 2037 2038QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2039 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2040 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2041 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2042 return T; 2043 2044 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2045 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2046 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2047 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2048 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2049 } 2050 } 2051 2052 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2053 // into one ExtQuals node. 2054 QualifierCollector Quals; 2055 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2056 2057 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2058 // another one. 2059 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2060 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2061 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2062 2063 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2064} 2065 2066const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2067 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2068 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2069 return T; 2070 2071 QualType Result; 2072 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2073 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2074 } else { 2075 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2076 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2077 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2078 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 2079 } 2080 2081 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2082} 2083 2084void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2085 QualType ResultType) { 2086 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2087 while (true) { 2088 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2089 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2090 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2091 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2092 FD = Next; 2093 else 2094 break; 2095 } 2096 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2097 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2098} 2099 2100/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2101/// number with the specified element type. 2102QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2103 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2104 // structure. 2105 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2106 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2107 2108 void *InsertPos = 0; 2109 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2110 return QualType(CT, 0); 2111 2112 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2113 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2114 QualType Canonical; 2115 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2116 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2117 2118 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2119 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2120 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2121 } 2122 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2123 Types.push_back(New); 2124 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2125 return QualType(New, 0); 2126} 2127 2128/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2129/// the specified type. 2130QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2131 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2132 // structure. 2133 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2134 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2135 2136 void *InsertPos = 0; 2137 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2138 return QualType(PT, 0); 2139 2140 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2141 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2142 QualType Canonical; 2143 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2144 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2145 2146 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2147 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2148 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2149 } 2150 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2151 Types.push_back(New); 2152 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2153 return QualType(New, 0); 2154} 2155 2156/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2157/// a pointer to the specified block. 2158QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2159 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2160 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2161 // structure. 2162 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2163 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2164 2165 void *InsertPos = 0; 2166 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2167 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2168 return QualType(PT, 0); 2169 2170 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2171 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2172 QualType Canonical; 2173 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2174 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2175 2176 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2177 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2178 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2179 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2180 } 2181 BlockPointerType *New 2182 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2183 Types.push_back(New); 2184 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2185 return QualType(New, 0); 2186} 2187 2188/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2189/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2190QualType 2191ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2192 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2193 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2194 2195 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2196 // structure. 2197 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2198 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2199 2200 void *InsertPos = 0; 2201 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2202 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2203 return QualType(RT, 0); 2204 2205 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2206 2207 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2208 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2209 QualType Canonical; 2210 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2211 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2212 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2213 2214 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2215 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2216 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2217 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2218 } 2219 2220 LValueReferenceType *New 2221 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2222 SpelledAsLValue); 2223 Types.push_back(New); 2224 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2225 2226 return QualType(New, 0); 2227} 2228 2229/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2230/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2231QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2232 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2233 // structure. 2234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2235 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2236 2237 void *InsertPos = 0; 2238 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2239 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2240 return QualType(RT, 0); 2241 2242 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2243 2244 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2245 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2246 QualType Canonical; 2247 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2248 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2249 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2250 2251 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2252 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2253 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2254 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2255 } 2256 2257 RValueReferenceType *New 2258 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2259 Types.push_back(New); 2260 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2261 return QualType(New, 0); 2262} 2263 2264/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2265/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2266QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2267 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2268 // structure. 2269 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2270 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2271 2272 void *InsertPos = 0; 2273 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2274 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2275 return QualType(PT, 0); 2276 2277 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2278 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2279 QualType Canonical; 2280 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2281 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2282 2283 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2284 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2285 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2286 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2287 } 2288 MemberPointerType *New 2289 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2290 Types.push_back(New); 2291 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2292 return QualType(New, 0); 2293} 2294 2295/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2296/// array of the specified element type. 2297QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2298 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2299 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2300 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2301 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2302 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2303 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2304 2305 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2306 // the target. 2307 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2308 ArySize = 2309 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2310 2311 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2312 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2313 2314 void *InsertPos = 0; 2315 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2316 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2317 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2318 2319 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2320 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2321 QualType Canon; 2322 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2323 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2324 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2325 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2326 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2327 2328 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2329 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2330 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2331 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2332 } 2333 2334 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2335 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2336 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2337 Types.push_back(New); 2338 return QualType(New, 0); 2339} 2340 2341/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2342/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2343/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2344QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2345 // Vastly most common case. 2346 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2347 2348 QualType result; 2349 2350 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2351 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2352 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2353#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2354#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2355#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2356#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2357 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2358 2359 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2360 case Type::Builtin: 2361 case Type::Complex: 2362 case Type::Vector: 2363 case Type::ExtVector: 2364 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2365 case Type::ObjCObject: 2366 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2367 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2368 case Type::Record: 2369 case Type::Enum: 2370 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2371 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2372 case Type::TypeOf: 2373 case Type::Decltype: 2374 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2375 case Type::DependentName: 2376 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2377 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2378 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2379 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2380 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2381 case Type::Auto: 2382 case Type::PackExpansion: 2383 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2384 2385 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2386 // further decay. 2387 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2388 case Type::FunctionProto: 2389 case Type::BlockPointer: 2390 case Type::MemberPointer: 2391 return type; 2392 2393 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2394 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2395 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2396 // optimizations available here. 2397 case Type::Pointer: 2398 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2399 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2400 break; 2401 2402 case Type::LValueReference: { 2403 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2404 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2405 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2406 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2407 break; 2408 } 2409 2410 case Type::RValueReference: { 2411 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2412 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2413 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2414 break; 2415 } 2416 2417 case Type::Atomic: { 2418 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2419 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2420 break; 2421 } 2422 2423 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2424 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2425 result = getConstantArrayType( 2426 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2427 cat->getSize(), 2428 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2429 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2430 break; 2431 } 2432 2433 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2434 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2435 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2436 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2437 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2438 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2439 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2440 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2441 break; 2442 } 2443 2444 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2445 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2446 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2447 result = getVariableArrayType( 2448 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2449 /*size*/ 0, 2450 ArrayType::Normal, 2451 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2452 SourceRange()); 2453 break; 2454 } 2455 2456 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2457 case Type::VariableArray: { 2458 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2459 result = getVariableArrayType( 2460 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2461 /*size*/ 0, 2462 ArrayType::Star, 2463 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2464 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2465 break; 2466 } 2467 } 2468 2469 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2470 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2471} 2472 2473/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2474/// variable array of the specified element type. 2475QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2476 Expr *NumElts, 2477 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2478 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2479 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2480 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2481 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2482 QualType Canon; 2483 2484 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2485 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2486 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2487 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2488 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2489 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2490 } 2491 2492 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2493 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2494 2495 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2496 Types.push_back(New); 2497 return QualType(New, 0); 2498} 2499 2500/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2501/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2502/// type. 2503QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2504 Expr *numElements, 2505 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2506 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2507 SourceRange brackets) const { 2508 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2509 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2510 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2511 2512 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2513 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2514 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2515 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2516 if (!numElements) { 2517 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2518 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2519 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2520 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2521 brackets); 2522 Types.push_back(newType); 2523 return QualType(newType, 0); 2524 } 2525 2526 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2527 // also build a canonical type. 2528 2529 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2530 2531 void *insertPos = 0; 2532 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2533 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2534 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2535 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2536 2537 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2538 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2539 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2540 2541 // If we don't have one, build one. 2542 if (!canonTy) { 2543 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2544 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2545 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2546 brackets); 2547 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2548 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2549 } 2550 2551 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2552 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2553 canonElementType.Quals); 2554 2555 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2556 // then just use that as our result. 2557 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2558 return canon; 2559 2560 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2561 // of the element type. 2562 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2563 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2564 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2565 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2566 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2567 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2568} 2569 2570QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2571 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2572 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2573 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2574 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2575 2576 void *insertPos = 0; 2577 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2578 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2579 return QualType(iat, 0); 2580 2581 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2582 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2583 // qualifiers off the element type. 2584 QualType canon; 2585 2586 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2587 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2588 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2589 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2590 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2591 2592 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2593 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2594 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2595 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2596 } 2597 2598 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2599 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2600 2601 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2602 Types.push_back(newType); 2603 return QualType(newType, 0); 2604} 2605 2606/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2607/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2608QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2609 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2610 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2611 2612 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2613 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2614 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2615 2616 void *InsertPos = 0; 2617 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2618 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2619 2620 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2621 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2622 QualType Canonical; 2623 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2624 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2625 2626 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2627 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2628 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2629 } 2630 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2631 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2632 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2633 Types.push_back(New); 2634 return QualType(New, 0); 2635} 2636 2637/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2638/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2639QualType 2640ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2641 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2642 2643 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2644 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2645 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2646 VectorType::GenericVector); 2647 void *InsertPos = 0; 2648 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2649 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2650 2651 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2652 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2653 QualType Canonical; 2654 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2655 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2656 2657 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2658 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2659 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2660 } 2661 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2662 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2663 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2664 Types.push_back(New); 2665 return QualType(New, 0); 2666} 2667 2668QualType 2669ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2670 Expr *SizeExpr, 2671 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2672 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2673 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2674 SizeExpr); 2675 2676 void *InsertPos = 0; 2677 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2678 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2679 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2680 if (Canon) { 2681 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2682 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2683 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2684 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2685 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2686 } else { 2687 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2688 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2689 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2690 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2691 AttrLoc); 2692 2693 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2694 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2695 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2696 (void)CanonCheck; 2697 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2698 } else { 2699 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2700 SourceLocation()); 2701 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2702 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2703 } 2704 } 2705 2706 Types.push_back(New); 2707 return QualType(New, 0); 2708} 2709 2710/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2711/// 2712QualType 2713ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2714 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2715 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2716 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2717 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2718 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2719 // structure. 2720 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2721 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2722 2723 void *InsertPos = 0; 2724 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2725 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2726 return QualType(FT, 0); 2727 2728 QualType Canonical; 2729 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2730 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2731 Canonical = 2732 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2733 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2734 2735 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2736 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2737 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2738 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2739 } 2740 2741 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2742 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2743 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2744 Types.push_back(New); 2745 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2746 return QualType(New, 0); 2747} 2748 2749/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2750static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2751 return T.isCanonical() && 2752 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2753 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2754} 2755 2756/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2757/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2758QualType 2759ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2760 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2761 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2762 2763 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2764 // structure. 2765 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2766 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2767 *this); 2768 2769 void *InsertPos = 0; 2770 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2771 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2772 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2773 2774 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2775 bool isCanonical = 2776 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2777 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2778 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2779 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2780 isCanonical = false; 2781 2782 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2783 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2784 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2785 2786 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2787 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2788 QualType Canonical; 2789 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2790 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2791 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2792 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2793 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2794 2795 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2796 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2797 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2798 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2799 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2800 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2801 2802 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2803 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2804 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2805 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2806 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2807 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2808 } 2809 2810 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2811 2812 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2813 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2814 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2815 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2816 } 2817 2818 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2819 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2820 // - parameter types 2821 // - exception types 2822 // - consumed-arguments flags 2823 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2824 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2825 // specification. 2826 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2827 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2828 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2829 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2830 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2831 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2832 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2833 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2834 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2835 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2836 } 2837 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2838 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2839 2840 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2841 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2842 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2843 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2844 Types.push_back(FTP); 2845 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2846 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2847} 2848 2849#ifndef NDEBUG 2850static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2851 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2852 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2853 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2854 return true; 2855 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2856 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2857 return true; 2858 return false; 2859} 2860#endif 2861 2862/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2863/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2864QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2865 QualType TST) const { 2866 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2867 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2868 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2869 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2870 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2871 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2872 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2873 } else { 2874 Type *newType = 2875 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2876 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2877 Types.push_back(newType); 2878 } 2879 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2880} 2881 2882/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2883/// specified type declaration. 2884QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2885 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2886 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2887 2888 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2889 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2890 2891 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2892 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2893 2894 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2895 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2896 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2897 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2898 return getRecordType(Record); 2899 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2900 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2901 "enum has previous declaration"); 2902 return getEnumType(Enum); 2903 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2904 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2905 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2906 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2907 Types.push_back(newType); 2908 } else 2909 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2910 2911 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2912} 2913 2914/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2915/// specified typedef name decl. 2916QualType 2917ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2918 QualType Canonical) const { 2919 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2920 2921 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2922 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2923 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2924 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2925 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2926 Types.push_back(newType); 2927 return QualType(newType, 0); 2928} 2929 2930QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2931 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2932 2933 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2934 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2935 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2936 2937 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2938 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2939 Types.push_back(newType); 2940 return QualType(newType, 0); 2941} 2942 2943QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2944 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2945 2946 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2947 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2948 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2949 2950 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2951 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2952 Types.push_back(newType); 2953 return QualType(newType, 0); 2954} 2955 2956QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2957 QualType modifiedType, 2958 QualType equivalentType) { 2959 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2960 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2961 2962 void *insertPos = 0; 2963 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2964 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2965 2966 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2967 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2968 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2969 2970 Types.push_back(type); 2971 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2972 2973 return QualType(type, 0); 2974} 2975 2976 2977/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2978QualType 2979ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2980 QualType Replacement) const { 2981 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2982 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2983 2984 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2985 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2986 void *InsertPos = 0; 2987 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2988 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2989 2990 if (!SubstParm) { 2991 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2992 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2993 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2994 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2995 } 2996 2997 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2998} 2999 3000/// \brief Retrieve a 3001QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 3002 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3003 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 3004#ifndef NDEBUG 3005 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 3006 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 3007 P != PEnd; ++P) { 3008 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 3009 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 3010 } 3011#endif 3012 3013 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3014 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 3015 void *InsertPos = 0; 3016 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3017 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3018 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3019 3020 QualType Canon; 3021 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 3022 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 3023 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3024 ArgPack); 3025 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3026 } 3027 3028 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3029 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3030 ArgPack); 3031 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3032 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3033 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3034} 3035 3036/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3037/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3038/// name. 3039QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3040 bool ParameterPack, 3041 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3042 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3043 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3044 void *InsertPos = 0; 3045 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3046 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3047 3048 if (TypeParm) 3049 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3050 3051 if (TTPDecl) { 3052 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3053 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3054 3055 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3056 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3057 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3058 (void)TypeCheck; 3059 } else 3060 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3061 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3062 3063 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3064 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3065 3066 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3067} 3068 3069TypeSourceInfo * 3070ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3071 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3072 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3073 QualType Underlying) const { 3074 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3075 "No dependent template names here!"); 3076 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3077 3078 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3079 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3080 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3081 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3082 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3083 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3084 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3085 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3086 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3087 return DI; 3088} 3089 3090QualType 3091ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3092 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3093 QualType Underlying) const { 3094 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3095 "No dependent template names here!"); 3096 3097 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3098 3099 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3100 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3101 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3102 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3103 3104 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3105 Underlying); 3106} 3107 3108#ifndef NDEBUG 3109static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3110 unsigned NumArgs) { 3111 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3112 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3113 return true; 3114 3115 return true; 3116} 3117#endif 3118 3119QualType 3120ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3121 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3122 unsigned NumArgs, 3123 QualType Underlying) const { 3124 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3125 "No dependent template names here!"); 3126 // Look through qualified template names. 3127 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3128 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3129 3130 bool IsTypeAlias = 3131 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3132 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3133 QualType CanonType; 3134 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3135 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3136 else { 3137 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3138 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3139 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3140 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3141 IsTypeAlias = false; 3142 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3143 NumArgs); 3144 } 3145 3146 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3147 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3148 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3149 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3150 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3151 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3152 TypeAlignment); 3153 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3154 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3155 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3156 3157 Types.push_back(Spec); 3158 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3159} 3160 3161QualType 3162ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3163 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3164 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3165 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3166 "No dependent template names here!"); 3167 3168 // Look through qualified template names. 3169 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3170 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3171 3172 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3173 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3174 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3175 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3176 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3177 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3178 3179 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3180 // exists. 3181 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3182 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3183 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3184 3185 void *InsertPos = 0; 3186 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3187 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3188 3189 if (!Spec) { 3190 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3191 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3192 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3193 TypeAlignment); 3194 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3195 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3196 QualType(), QualType()); 3197 Types.push_back(Spec); 3198 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3199 } 3200 3201 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3202 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3203 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3204} 3205 3206QualType 3207ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3208 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3209 QualType NamedType) const { 3210 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3211 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3212 3213 void *InsertPos = 0; 3214 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3215 if (T) 3216 return QualType(T, 0); 3217 3218 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3219 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3220 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3221 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3222 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3223 (void)CheckT; 3224 } 3225 3226 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3227 Types.push_back(T); 3228 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3229 return QualType(T, 0); 3230} 3231 3232QualType 3233ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3235 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3236 3237 void *InsertPos = 0; 3238 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3239 if (T) 3240 return QualType(T, 0); 3241 3242 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3243 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3244 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3245 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3246 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3247 (void)CheckT; 3248 } 3249 3250 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3251 Types.push_back(T); 3252 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3253 return QualType(T, 0); 3254} 3255 3256QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3257 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3258 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3259 QualType Canon) const { 3260 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3261 3262 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3263 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3264 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3265 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3266 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3267 3268 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3269 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3270 } 3271 3272 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3273 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3274 3275 void *InsertPos = 0; 3276 DependentNameType *T 3277 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3278 if (T) 3279 return QualType(T, 0); 3280 3281 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3282 Types.push_back(T); 3283 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3284 return QualType(T, 0); 3285} 3286 3287QualType 3288ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3289 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3290 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3291 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3292 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3293 // TODO: avoid this copy 3294 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3295 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3296 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3297 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3298 ArgCopy.size(), 3299 ArgCopy.data()); 3300} 3301 3302QualType 3303ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3304 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3305 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3306 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3307 unsigned NumArgs, 3308 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3309 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3310 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3311 3312 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3313 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3314 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3315 3316 void *InsertPos = 0; 3317 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3318 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3319 if (T) 3320 return QualType(T, 0); 3321 3322 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3323 3324 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3325 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3326 3327 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3328 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3329 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3330 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3331 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3332 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3333 } 3334 3335 QualType Canon; 3336 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3337 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3338 Name, NumArgs, 3339 CanonArgs.data()); 3340 3341 // Find the insert position again. 3342 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3343 } 3344 3345 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3346 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3347 TypeAlignment); 3348 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3349 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3350 Types.push_back(T); 3351 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3352 return QualType(T, 0); 3353} 3354 3355QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3356 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3357 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3358 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3359 3360 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3361 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3362 void *InsertPos = 0; 3363 PackExpansionType *T 3364 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3365 if (T) 3366 return QualType(T, 0); 3367 3368 QualType Canon; 3369 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3370 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3371 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3372 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3373 // parameters. 3374 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3375 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3376 3377 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3378 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3379 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3380 } 3381 } 3382 3383 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3384 Types.push_back(T); 3385 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3386 return QualType(T, 0); 3387} 3388 3389/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3390/// alphabetically. 3391static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3392 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3393 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3394} 3395 3396static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3397 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3398 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3399 3400 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3401 return false; 3402 3403 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3404 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3405 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3406 return false; 3407 return true; 3408} 3409 3410static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3411 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3412 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3413 3414 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3415 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3416 3417 // Canonicalize. 3418 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3419 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3420 3421 // Remove duplicates. 3422 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3423 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3424} 3425 3426QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3427 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3428 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3429 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3430 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3431 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3432 return BaseType; 3433 3434 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3435 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3436 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3437 void *InsertPos = 0; 3438 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3439 return QualType(QT, 0); 3440 3441 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3442 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3443 QualType Canonical; 3444 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3445 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3446 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3447 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3448 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3449 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3450 3451 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3452 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3453 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3454 } else { 3455 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3456 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3457 } 3458 3459 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3460 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3461 } 3462 3463 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3464 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3465 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3466 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3467 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3468 3469 Types.push_back(T); 3470 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3471 return QualType(T, 0); 3472} 3473 3474/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3475/// the given object type. 3476QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3477 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3478 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3479 3480 void *InsertPos = 0; 3481 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3482 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3483 return QualType(QT, 0); 3484 3485 // Find the canonical object type. 3486 QualType Canonical; 3487 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3488 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3489 3490 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3491 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3492 } 3493 3494 // No match. 3495 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3496 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3497 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3498 3499 Types.push_back(QType); 3500 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3501 return QualType(QType, 0); 3502} 3503 3504/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3505/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3506QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3507 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3508 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3509 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3510 3511 if (PrevDecl) { 3512 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3513 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3514 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3515 } 3516 3517 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3518 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3519 Decl = Def; 3520 3521 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3522 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3523 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3524 Types.push_back(T); 3525 return QualType(T, 0); 3526} 3527 3528/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3529/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3530/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3531/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3532/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3533QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3534 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3535 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3536 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3537 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3538 3539 void *InsertPos = 0; 3540 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3541 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3542 if (Canon) { 3543 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3544 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3545 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3546 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3547 } else { 3548 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3549 Canon 3550 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3551 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3552 toe = Canon; 3553 } 3554 } else { 3555 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3556 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3557 } 3558 Types.push_back(toe); 3559 return QualType(toe, 0); 3560} 3561 3562/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3563/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3564/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3565/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3566/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3567QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3568 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3569 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3570 Types.push_back(tot); 3571 return QualType(tot, 0); 3572} 3573 3574 3575/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3576/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3577/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3578/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3579/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3580QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3581 DecltypeType *dt; 3582 3583 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3584 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3585 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3586 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3587 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3588 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3589 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3590 3591 void *InsertPos = 0; 3592 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3593 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3594 if (Canon) { 3595 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3596 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3597 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3598 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3599 } else { 3600 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3601 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3602 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3603 dt = Canon; 3604 } 3605 } else { 3606 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3607 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3608 } 3609 Types.push_back(dt); 3610 return QualType(dt, 0); 3611} 3612 3613/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3614/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3615QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3616 QualType UnderlyingType, 3617 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3618 const { 3619 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3620 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3621 Kind, 3622 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3623 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3624 Types.push_back(Ty); 3625 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3626} 3627 3628/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3629/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3630/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3631QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3632 bool IsDependent) const { 3633 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3634 return getAutoDeductType(); 3635 3636 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3637 void *InsertPos = 0; 3638 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3639 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3640 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3641 return QualType(AT, 0); 3642 3643 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3644 IsDecltypeAuto, 3645 IsDependent); 3646 Types.push_back(AT); 3647 if (InsertPos) 3648 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3649 return QualType(AT, 0); 3650} 3651 3652/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3653/// the given value type. 3654QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3655 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3656 // structure. 3657 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3658 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3659 3660 void *InsertPos = 0; 3661 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3662 return QualType(AT, 0); 3663 3664 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3665 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3666 QualType Canonical; 3667 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3668 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3669 3670 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3671 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3672 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3673 } 3674 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3675 Types.push_back(New); 3676 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3677 return QualType(New, 0); 3678} 3679 3680/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3681QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3682 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3683 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3684 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3685 /*dependent*/false), 3686 0); 3687 return AutoDeductTy; 3688} 3689 3690/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3691QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3692 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3693 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3694 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3695 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3696} 3697 3698/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3699/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3700QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3701 assert (Decl); 3702 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3703 // away const? mutable? 3704 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3705} 3706 3707/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3708/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3709/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3710CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3711 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3712} 3713 3714/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3715CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3716 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3717} 3718 3719/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3720CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3721 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3722} 3723 3724/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3725/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3726QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3727 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3728 return WCharTy; 3729} 3730 3731/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3732/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3733QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3734 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3735 return UnsignedIntTy; 3736} 3737 3738QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3739 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3740} 3741 3742QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3743 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3744} 3745 3746/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3747/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3748QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3749 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3750} 3751 3752/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3753/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3754QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3755 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3756} 3757 3758//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3759// Type Operators 3760//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3761 3762CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3763 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3764 // qualifiers. 3765 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3766 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3767 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3768 QualType Result; 3769 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3770 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3771 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3772 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3773 } else { 3774 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3775 } 3776 3777 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3778} 3779 3780QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3781 Qualifiers &quals) { 3782 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3783 3784 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3785 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3786 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3787 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3788 const ArrayType *AT = 3789 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3790 3791 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3792 if (!AT) { 3793 quals = splitType.Quals; 3794 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3795 } 3796 3797 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3798 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3799 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3800 3801 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3802 // can just use the results in splitType. 3803 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3804 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3805 quals = splitType.Quals; 3806 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3807 } 3808 3809 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3810 // build the type back up. 3811 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3812 3813 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3814 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3815 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3816 } 3817 3818 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3819 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3820 } 3821 3822 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3823 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3824 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3825 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3826 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3827 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3828 } 3829 3830 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3831 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3832 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3833 SourceRange()); 3834} 3835 3836/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3837/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3838/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3839/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3840/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3841/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3842/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3843/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3844bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3845 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3846 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3847 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3848 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3849 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3850 return true; 3851 } 3852 3853 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3854 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3855 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3856 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3857 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3858 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3859 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3860 return true; 3861 } 3862 3863 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3864 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3865 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3866 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3867 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3868 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3869 return true; 3870 } 3871 } 3872 3873 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3874 3875 return false; 3876} 3877 3878DeclarationNameInfo 3879ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3880 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3881 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3882 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3883 case TemplateName::Template: 3884 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3885 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3886 NameLoc); 3887 3888 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3889 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3890 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3891 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3892 } 3893 3894 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3895 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3896 DeclarationName DName; 3897 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3898 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3899 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3900 } else { 3901 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3902 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3903 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3904 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3905 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3906 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3907 } 3908 } 3909 3910 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3911 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3912 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3913 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3914 NameLoc); 3915 } 3916 3917 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3918 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3919 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3920 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3921 NameLoc); 3922 } 3923 } 3924 3925 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3926} 3927 3928TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3929 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3930 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3931 case TemplateName::Template: { 3932 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3933 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3934 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3935 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3936 3937 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3938 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3939 } 3940 3941 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3942 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3943 3944 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3945 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3946 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3947 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3948 } 3949 3950 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3951 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3952 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3953 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3954 } 3955 3956 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3957 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3958 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3959 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3960 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3961 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3962 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3963 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3964 } 3965 } 3966 3967 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3968} 3969 3970bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3971 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3972 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3973 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3974} 3975 3976TemplateArgument 3977ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3978 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3979 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3980 return Arg; 3981 3982 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3983 return Arg; 3984 3985 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3986 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3987 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3988 } 3989 3990 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3991 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3992 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3993 3994 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3995 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3996 3997 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3998 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3999 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 4000 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 4001 4002 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 4003 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 4004 4005 case TemplateArgument::Type: 4006 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 4007 4008 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 4009 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 4010 return Arg; 4011 4012 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 4013 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 4014 unsigned Idx = 0; 4015 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 4016 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 4017 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 4018 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 4019 4020 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 4021 } 4022 } 4023 4024 // Silence GCC warning 4025 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4026} 4027 4028NestedNameSpecifier * 4029ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4030 if (!NNS) 4031 return 0; 4032 4033 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4034 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4035 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4036 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4037 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4038 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4039 4040 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4041 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4042 // this namespace and no prefix. 4043 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4044 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4045 4046 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4047 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4048 // this namespace and no prefix. 4049 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4050 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4051 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4052 4053 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4054 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4055 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4056 4057 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4058 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4059 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4060 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4061 // types, e.g., 4062 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4063 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4064 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4065 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4066 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4067 4068 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4069 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4070 // first place? 4071 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4072 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4073 } 4074 4075 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4076 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4077 return NNS; 4078 } 4079 4080 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4081} 4082 4083 4084const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4085 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4086 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4087 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4088 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4089 return AT; 4090 } 4091 4092 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4093 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4094 return 0; 4095 4096 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4097 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4098 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4099 4100 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4101 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4102 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4103 4104 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4105 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4106 4107 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4108 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4109 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4110 return ATy; 4111 4112 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4113 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4114 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4115 4116 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4117 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4118 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4119 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4120 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4121 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4122 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4123 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4124 4125 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4126 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4127 return cast<ArrayType>( 4128 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4129 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4130 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4131 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4132 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4133 4134 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4135 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4136 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4137 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4138 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4139 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4140} 4141 4142QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4143 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4144 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4145 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4146 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4147 // the array type derivation. 4148 if (T->isArrayType()) 4149 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4150 4151 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4152 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4153 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4154 // in 6.3.2.1. 4155 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4156 return getPointerType(T); 4157 4158 return T; 4159} 4160 4161QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4162 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4163 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4164 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4165} 4166 4167/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4168/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4169/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4170/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4171/// 4172/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4173QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4174 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4175 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4176 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4177 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4178 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4179 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4180 4181 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4182 4183 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4184 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4185} 4186 4187QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4188 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4189} 4190 4191QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4192 Qualifiers qs; 4193 while (true) { 4194 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4195 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4196 if (!array) break; 4197 4198 type = array->getElementType(); 4199 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4200 } 4201 4202 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4203} 4204 4205/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4206uint64_t 4207ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4208 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4209 do { 4210 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4211 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4212 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4213 } while (CA); 4214 return ElementCount; 4215} 4216 4217/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4218/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4219static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4220 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4221 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4222 4223 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4224 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4225 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4226 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4227 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4228 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4229 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4230 } 4231} 4232 4233/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4234/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4235/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4236/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4237QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4238 QualType Domain) const { 4239 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4240 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4241 switch (EltRank) { 4242 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4243 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4244 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4245 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4246 } 4247 } 4248 4249 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4250 switch (EltRank) { 4251 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4252 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4253 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4254 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4255 } 4256 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4257} 4258 4259/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4260/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4261/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4262/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4263int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4264 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4265 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4266 4267 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4268 return 0; 4269 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4270 return 1; 4271 return -1; 4272} 4273 4274/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4275/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4276/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4277unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4278 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4279 4280 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4281 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4282 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4283 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4284 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4285 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4286 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4287 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4288 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4289 case BuiltinType::Short: 4290 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4291 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4292 case BuiltinType::Int: 4293 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4294 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4295 case BuiltinType::Long: 4296 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4297 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4298 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4299 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4300 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4301 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4302 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4303 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4304 } 4305} 4306 4307/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4308/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4309/// 4310/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4311/// promotion occurs. 4312QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4313 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4314 return QualType(); 4315 4316 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4317 if (!Field) 4318 return QualType(); 4319 4320 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4321 4322 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4323 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4324 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4325 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4326 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4327 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4328 return IntTy; 4329 4330 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4331 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4332 4333 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4334 // like the base type. 4335 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4336 // is ridiculous. 4337 return QualType(); 4338} 4339 4340/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4341/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4342/// integer type. 4343QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4344 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4345 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4346 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4347 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4348 4349 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4350 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4351 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4352 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4353 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4354 // unsigned long long int [...] 4355 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4356 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4357 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4358 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4359 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4360 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4361 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4362 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4363 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4364 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4365 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4366 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4367 (FromSize == ToSize && 4368 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4369 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4370 } 4371 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4372 } 4373 } 4374 4375 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4376 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4377 return IntTy; 4378 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4379 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4380 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4381 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4382} 4383 4384/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4385/// type and returns its ownership. 4386Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4387 while (!T.isNull()) { 4388 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4389 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4390 if (T->isArrayType()) 4391 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4392 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4393 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4394 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4395 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4396 else 4397 break; 4398 } 4399 4400 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4401} 4402 4403/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4404/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4405/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4406int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4407 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4408 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4409 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4410 4411 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4412 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4413 4414 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4415 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4416 4417 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4418 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4419 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4420 } 4421 4422 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4423 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4424 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4425 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4426 return 1; 4427 4428 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4429 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4430 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4431 return -1; 4432 } 4433 4434 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4435 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4436 return -1; 4437 4438 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4439 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4440 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4441 return 1; 4442} 4443 4444static RecordDecl * 4445CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4446 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4447 SourceLocation Loc; 4448 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4449 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4450 else 4451 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4452} 4453 4454// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4455QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4456 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4457 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4458 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4459 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4460 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4461 4462 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4463 4464 // const int *isa; 4465 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4466 // int flags; 4467 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4468 // const char *str; 4469 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4470 // long length; 4471 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4472 4473 // Create fields 4474 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4475 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4476 SourceLocation(), 4477 SourceLocation(), 0, 4478 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4479 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4480 /*Mutable=*/false, 4481 ICIS_NoInit); 4482 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4483 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4484 } 4485 4486 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4487 } 4488 4489 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4490} 4491 4492QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4493 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4494 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4495 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4496 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4497 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4498 } 4499 return ObjCSuperType; 4500} 4501 4502void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4503 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4504 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4505 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4506} 4507 4508QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4509 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4510 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4511 4512 RecordDecl *T; 4513 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4514 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4515 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4516 T->startDefinition(); 4517 4518 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4519 UnsignedLongTy, 4520 UnsignedLongTy, 4521 }; 4522 4523 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4524 "reserved", 4525 "Size" 4526 }; 4527 4528 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4529 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4530 SourceLocation(), 4531 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4532 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4533 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4534 /*Mutable=*/false, 4535 ICIS_NoInit); 4536 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4537 T->addDecl(Field); 4538 } 4539 4540 T->completeDefinition(); 4541 4542 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4543 4544 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4545} 4546 4547QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4548 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4549 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4550 4551 RecordDecl *T; 4552 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4553 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4554 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4555 T->startDefinition(); 4556 4557 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4558 UnsignedLongTy, 4559 UnsignedLongTy, 4560 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4561 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4562 }; 4563 4564 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4565 "reserved", 4566 "Size", 4567 "CopyFuncPtr", 4568 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4569 }; 4570 4571 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4572 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4573 SourceLocation(), 4574 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4575 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4576 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4577 /*Mutable=*/false, 4578 ICIS_NoInit); 4579 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4580 T->addDecl(Field); 4581 } 4582 4583 T->completeDefinition(); 4584 4585 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4586 4587 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4588} 4589 4590/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4591/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4592/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4593bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4594 const VarDecl *D) { 4595 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4596 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4597 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4598 4599 return true; 4600 } 4601 4602 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4603 4604 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4605 4606 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4607 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4608 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4609 4610 switch (lifetime) { 4611 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4612 4613 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4614 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4615 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4616 return false; 4617 4618 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4619 // byref routines. 4620 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4621 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4622 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4623 return true; 4624 } 4625 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4626 } 4627 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4628 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4629} 4630 4631bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4632 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4633 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4634 4635 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4636 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4637 return false; 4638 4639 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4640 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4641 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4642 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4643 } 4644 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4645 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4646 // MRR. 4647 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4648 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4649 else 4650 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4651 return true; 4652} 4653 4654TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4655 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4656 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4657 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4658 SourceLocation(), 4659 SourceLocation(), 4660 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4661 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4662 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4663} 4664 4665// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4666// typedef <type> BOOL; 4667static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4668 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4669 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4670 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4671 4672 return false; 4673} 4674 4675/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4676/// purpose. 4677CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4678 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4679 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4680 4681 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4682 4683 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4684 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4685 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4686 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4687 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4688 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4689 return sz; 4690} 4691 4692static inline 4693std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4694 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4695} 4696 4697/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4698/// declaration. 4699std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4700 std::string S; 4701 4702 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4703 QualType BlockTy = 4704 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4705 // Encode result type. 4706 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4707 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4708 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4709 S, true /*Extended*/); 4710 else 4711 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4712 S); 4713 // Compute size of all parameters. 4714 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4715 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4716 SourceLocation Loc; 4717 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4718 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4719 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4720 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4721 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4722 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4723 if (sz.isZero()) 4724 continue; 4725 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4726 ParmOffset += sz; 4727 } 4728 // Size of the argument frame 4729 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4730 // Block pointer and offset. 4731 S += "@?0"; 4732 4733 // Argument types. 4734 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4735 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4736 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4737 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4738 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4739 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4740 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4741 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4742 // elements. 4743 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4744 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4745 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4746 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4747 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4748 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4749 S, true /*Extended*/); 4750 else 4751 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4752 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4753 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4754 } 4755 4756 return S; 4757} 4758 4759bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4760 std::string& S) { 4761 // Encode result type. 4762 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4763 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4764 // Compute size of all parameters. 4765 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4766 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4767 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4768 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4769 if (sz.isZero()) 4770 continue; 4771 4772 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4773 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4774 ParmOffset += sz; 4775 } 4776 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4777 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4778 4779 // Argument types. 4780 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4781 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4782 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4783 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4784 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4785 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4786 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4787 // elements. 4788 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4789 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4790 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4791 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4792 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4793 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4794 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4795 } 4796 4797 return false; 4798} 4799 4800/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4801/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4802/// block object types. 4803void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4804 QualType T, std::string& S, 4805 bool Extended) const { 4806 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4807 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4808 // Encode parameter type. 4809 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4810 true /*OutermostType*/, 4811 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4812 false /*StructField*/, 4813 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4814 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4815} 4816 4817/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4818/// declaration. 4819bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4820 std::string& S, 4821 bool Extended) const { 4822 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4823 // Encode return type. 4824 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4825 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4826 // Compute size of all parameters. 4827 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4828 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4829 SourceLocation Loc; 4830 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4831 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4832 // their size. 4833 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4834 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4835 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4836 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4837 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4838 if (sz.isZero()) 4839 continue; 4840 4841 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4842 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4843 ParmOffset += sz; 4844 } 4845 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4846 S += "@0:"; 4847 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4848 4849 // Argument types. 4850 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4851 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4852 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4853 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4854 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4855 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4856 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4857 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4858 // elements. 4859 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4860 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4861 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4862 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4863 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4864 PType, S, Extended); 4865 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4866 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4867 } 4868 4869 return false; 4870} 4871 4872/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4873/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4874/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4875/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4876/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4877/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4878/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4879/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4880/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4881/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4882/// @code 4883/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4884/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4885/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4886/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4887/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4888/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4889/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4890/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4891/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4892/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4893/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4894/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4895/// }; 4896/// @endcode 4897void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4898 const Decl *Container, 4899 std::string& S) const { 4900 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4901 bool Dynamic = false; 4902 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4903 4904 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4905 if (Container) { 4906 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4907 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4908 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4909 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4910 i != e; ++i) { 4911 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4912 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4913 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4914 Dynamic = true; 4915 } else { 4916 SynthesizePID = PID; 4917 } 4918 } 4919 } 4920 } else { 4921 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4922 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4923 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4924 i != e; ++i) { 4925 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4926 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4927 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4928 Dynamic = true; 4929 } else { 4930 SynthesizePID = PID; 4931 } 4932 } 4933 } 4934 } 4935 } 4936 4937 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4938 S = "T"; 4939 4940 // Encode result type. 4941 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4942 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4943 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4944 true /* outermost type */, 4945 true /* encoding for property */); 4946 4947 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4948 S += ",R"; 4949 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4950 S += ",C"; 4951 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4952 S += ",&"; 4953 } else { 4954 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4955 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4956 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4957 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4958 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4959 } 4960 } 4961 4962 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4963 // are "dynamic by default". 4964 if (Dynamic) 4965 S += ",D"; 4966 4967 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4968 S += ",N"; 4969 4970 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4971 S += ",G"; 4972 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4973 } 4974 4975 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4976 S += ",S"; 4977 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4978 } 4979 4980 if (SynthesizePID) { 4981 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4982 S += ",V"; 4983 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4984 } 4985 4986 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4987} 4988 4989/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4990/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4991/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4992/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4993/// 4994void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4995 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4996 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4997 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4998 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4999 else 5000 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5001 PointeeTy = IntTy; 5002 } 5003 } 5004} 5005 5006void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 5007 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 5008 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 5009 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 5010 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 5011 // same type. 5012 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 5013 true /* outermost type */); 5014} 5015 5016static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 5017 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 5018 switch (kind) { 5019 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 5020 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 5021 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 5022 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 5023 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5024 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5025 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5026 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5027 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5028 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5029 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5030 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5031 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5032 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5033 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5034 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5035 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5036 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5037 case BuiltinType::Long: 5038 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5039 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5040 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5041 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5042 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5043 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5044 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5045 5046 case BuiltinType::Half: 5047 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5048 return ' '; 5049 5050 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5051 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5052 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5053 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5054 5055 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5056 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5057 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5058 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5059 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5060 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5061 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5062 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5063 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5064 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5065#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5066#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5067 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5068#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5069 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5070 } 5071 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5072} 5073 5074static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5075 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5076 5077 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5078 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5079 return 'i'; 5080 5081 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5082 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5083 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5084} 5085 5086static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5087 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5088 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5089 S += 'b'; 5090 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5091 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5092 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5093 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5094 // 5095 // struct 5096 // { 5097 // int integer; 5098 // int flags:2; 5099 // }; 5100 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5101 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5102 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5103 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5104 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5105 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5106 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5107 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5108 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5109 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5110 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5111 else { 5112 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5113 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5114 } 5115 } 5116 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5117} 5118 5119// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5120void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5121 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5122 bool ExpandStructures, 5123 const FieldDecl *FD, 5124 bool OutermostType, 5125 bool EncodingProperty, 5126 bool StructField, 5127 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5128 bool EncodeClassNames, 5129 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5130 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5131 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5132 case Type::Builtin: 5133 case Type::Enum: 5134 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5135 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5136 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5137 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5138 else 5139 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5140 return; 5141 5142 case Type::Complex: { 5143 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5144 S += 'j'; 5145 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5146 false); 5147 return; 5148 } 5149 5150 case Type::Atomic: { 5151 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5152 S += 'A'; 5153 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5154 false, false); 5155 return; 5156 } 5157 5158 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5159 case Type::Pointer: 5160 case Type::LValueReference: 5161 case Type::RValueReference: { 5162 QualType PointeeTy; 5163 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5164 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5165 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5166 S += ':'; 5167 return; 5168 } 5169 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5170 } else { 5171 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5172 } 5173 5174 bool isReadOnly = false; 5175 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5176 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5177 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5178 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5179 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5180 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5181 isReadOnly = true; 5182 S += 'r'; 5183 } 5184 } else if (OutermostType) { 5185 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5186 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5187 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5188 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5189 isReadOnly = true; 5190 S += 'r'; 5191 } 5192 } 5193 if (isReadOnly) { 5194 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5195 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5196 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5197 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5198 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5199 } 5200 5201 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5202 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5203 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5204 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5205 S += '*'; 5206 return; 5207 } 5208 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5209 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5210 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5211 S += '#'; 5212 return; 5213 } 5214 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5215 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5216 S += '@'; 5217 return; 5218 } 5219 // fall through... 5220 } 5221 S += '^'; 5222 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5223 5224 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5225 NULL); 5226 return; 5227 } 5228 5229 case Type::ConstantArray: 5230 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5231 case Type::VariableArray: { 5232 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5233 5234 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5235 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5236 S += '^'; 5237 5238 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5239 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5240 } else { 5241 S += '['; 5242 5243 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 5244 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5245 else { 5246 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5247 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5248 "Unknown array type!"); 5249 S += '0'; 5250 } 5251 5252 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5253 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5254 S += ']'; 5255 } 5256 return; 5257 } 5258 5259 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5260 case Type::FunctionProto: 5261 S += '?'; 5262 return; 5263 5264 case Type::Record: { 5265 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5266 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5267 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5268 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5269 S += II->getName(); 5270 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5271 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5272 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5273 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5274 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5275 TemplateArgs.data(), 5276 TemplateArgs.size(), 5277 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5278 } 5279 } else { 5280 S += '?'; 5281 } 5282 if (ExpandStructures) { 5283 S += '='; 5284 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5285 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5286 } else { 5287 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5288 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5289 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5290 if (FD) { 5291 S += '"'; 5292 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5293 S += '"'; 5294 } 5295 5296 // Special case bit-fields. 5297 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5298 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5299 *Field); 5300 } else { 5301 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5302 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5303 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5304 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5305 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5306 /*StructField*/true); 5307 } 5308 } 5309 } 5310 } 5311 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5312 return; 5313 } 5314 5315 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5316 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5317 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5318 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5319 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5320 5321 S += '<'; 5322 // Block return type 5323 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5324 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5325 FD, 5326 false /* OutermostType */, 5327 EncodingProperty, 5328 false /* StructField */, 5329 EncodeBlockParameters, 5330 EncodeClassNames); 5331 // Block self 5332 S += "@?"; 5333 // Block parameters 5334 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5335 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5336 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5337 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5338 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5339 ExpandStructures, 5340 FD, 5341 false /* OutermostType */, 5342 EncodingProperty, 5343 false /* StructField */, 5344 EncodeBlockParameters, 5345 EncodeClassNames); 5346 } 5347 } 5348 S += '>'; 5349 } 5350 return; 5351 } 5352 5353 case Type::ObjCObject: 5354 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5355 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5356 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5357 5358 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5359 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5360 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5361 // @encode(class_name) 5362 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5363 S += '{'; 5364 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5365 S += II->getName(); 5366 S += '='; 5367 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5368 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5369 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5370 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5371 if (Field->isBitField()) 5372 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5373 else 5374 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5375 false, false, false, false, false, 5376 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5377 } 5378 S += '}'; 5379 return; 5380 } 5381 5382 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5383 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5384 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5385 S += '@'; 5386 return; 5387 } 5388 5389 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5390 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5391 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5392 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5393 S += '#'; 5394 return; 5395 } 5396 5397 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5398 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5399 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5400 ExpandStructures, FD); 5401 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5402 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5403 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5404 S += '"'; 5405 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5406 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5407 S += '<'; 5408 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5409 S += '>'; 5410 } 5411 S += '"'; 5412 } 5413 return; 5414 } 5415 5416 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5417 if (!EncodingProperty && 5418 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5419 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5420 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5421 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5422 // {...}; 5423 S += '^'; 5424 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5425 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5426 NULL, 5427 false, false, false, false, false, 5428 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5429 return; 5430 } 5431 5432 S += '@'; 5433 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5434 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5435 S += '"'; 5436 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5437 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5438 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5439 S += '<'; 5440 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5441 S += '>'; 5442 } 5443 S += '"'; 5444 } 5445 return; 5446 } 5447 5448 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5449 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5450 case Type::MemberPointer: 5451 return; 5452 5453 case Type::Vector: 5454 case Type::ExtVector: 5455 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5456 // insufficient. 5457 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5458 return; 5459 5460 case Type::Auto: 5461 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5462 // Just ignore it. 5463 return; 5464 5465#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5466#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5467#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5468 case Type::KIND: 5469#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5470 case Type::KIND: 5471#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5472 case Type::KIND: 5473#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5474 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5475 } 5476 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5477} 5478 5479void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5480 std::string &S, 5481 const FieldDecl *FD, 5482 bool includeVBases) const { 5483 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5484 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5485 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5486 return; 5487 5488 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5489 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5490 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5491 5492 if (CXXRec) { 5493 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5494 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5495 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5496 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5497 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5498 if (base->isEmpty()) 5499 continue; 5500 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5501 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5502 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5503 } 5504 } 5505 } 5506 5507 unsigned i = 0; 5508 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5509 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5510 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5511 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5512 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5513 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5514 } 5515 5516 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5517 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5518 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5519 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5520 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5521 if (base->isEmpty()) 5522 continue; 5523 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5524 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5525 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5526 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5527 } 5528 } 5529 5530 CharUnits size; 5531 if (CXXRec) { 5532 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5533 } else { 5534 size = layout.getSize(); 5535 } 5536 5537 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5538 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5539 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5540 5541 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5542 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5543 if (FD) { 5544 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5545 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5546 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5547 S += recname; 5548 S += '"'; 5549 } 5550 S += "^^?"; 5551 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5552 } 5553 5554 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5555 // Mark the end of the structure. 5556 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5557 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5558 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5559 } 5560 5561 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5562 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5563 5564 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5565 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5566 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5567 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5568 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5569 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5570 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5571 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5572 // longer then though. 5573 CurOffs += padding; 5574 } 5575 5576 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5577 if (dcl == 0) 5578 break; // reached end of structure. 5579 5580 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5581 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5582 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5583 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5584 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5585 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5586 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5587 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5588 } else { 5589 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5590 if (FD) { 5591 S += '"'; 5592 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5593 S += '"'; 5594 } 5595 5596 if (field->isBitField()) { 5597 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5598 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5599 } else { 5600 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5601 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5602 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5603 /*OutermostType*/false, 5604 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5605 /*StructField*/true); 5606 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5607 } 5608 } 5609 } 5610} 5611 5612void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5613 std::string& S) const { 5614 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5615 S += 'n'; 5616 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5617 S += 'N'; 5618 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5619 S += 'o'; 5620 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5621 S += 'O'; 5622 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5623 S += 'R'; 5624 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5625 S += 'V'; 5626} 5627 5628TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5629 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5630 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5631 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5632 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5633 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5634 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5635 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5636 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5637 } 5638 5639 return ObjCIdDecl; 5640} 5641 5642TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5643 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5644 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5645 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5646 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5647 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5648 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5649 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5650 } 5651 return ObjCSelDecl; 5652} 5653 5654TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5655 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5656 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5657 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5658 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5659 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5660 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5661 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5662 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5663 } 5664 5665 return ObjCClassDecl; 5666} 5667 5668ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5669 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5670 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5671 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5672 SourceLocation(), 5673 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5674 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5675 SourceLocation(), true); 5676 } 5677 5678 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5679} 5680 5681//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5682// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5683//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5684 5685static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5686 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5687 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5688 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5689 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5690 5691 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5692 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5693 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5694 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5695 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5696 TInfo); 5697 return VaListTypeDecl; 5698} 5699 5700static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5701 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5702 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5703 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5704 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5705 5706 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5707 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5708 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5709 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5710 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5711 TInfo); 5712 return VaListTypeDecl; 5713} 5714 5715static TypedefDecl * 5716CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5717 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5718 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5719 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5720 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5721 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5722 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5723 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5724 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5725 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5726 5727 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5728 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5729 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5730 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5731 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5732 } else { 5733 // struct __va_list 5734 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5735 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5736 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5737 } 5738 5739 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5740 5741 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5742 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5743 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5744 5745 // void *__stack; 5746 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5747 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5748 5749 // void *__gr_top; 5750 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5751 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5752 5753 // void *__vr_top; 5754 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5755 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5756 5757 // int __gr_offs; 5758 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5759 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5760 5761 // int __vr_offs; 5762 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5763 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5764 5765 // Create fields 5766 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5767 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5768 VaListTagDecl, 5769 SourceLocation(), 5770 SourceLocation(), 5771 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5772 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5773 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5774 /*Mutable=*/false, 5775 ICIS_NoInit); 5776 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5777 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5778 } 5779 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5780 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5781 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5782 5783 // } __builtin_va_list; 5784 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5785 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5786 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5787 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5788 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5789 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5790 5791 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5792} 5793 5794static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5795 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5796 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5797 5798 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5799 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5800 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5801 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5802 5803 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5804 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5805 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5806 5807 // unsigned char gpr; 5808 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5809 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5810 5811 // unsigned char fpr; 5812 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5813 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5814 5815 // unsigned short reserved; 5816 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5817 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5818 5819 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5820 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5821 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5822 5823 // void* reg_save_area; 5824 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5825 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5826 5827 // Create fields 5828 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5829 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5830 SourceLocation(), 5831 SourceLocation(), 5832 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5833 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5834 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5835 /*Mutable=*/false, 5836 ICIS_NoInit); 5837 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5838 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5839 } 5840 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5841 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5842 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5843 5844 // } __va_list_tag; 5845 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5846 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5847 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5848 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5849 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5850 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5851 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5852 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5853 5854 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5855 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5856 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5857 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5858 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5859 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5860 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5861 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5862 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5863 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5864 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5865 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5866 TInfo); 5867 5868 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5869} 5870 5871static TypedefDecl * 5872CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5873 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5874 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5875 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5876 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5877 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5878 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5879 5880 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5881 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5882 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5883 5884 // unsigned gp_offset; 5885 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5886 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5887 5888 // unsigned fp_offset; 5889 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5890 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5891 5892 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5893 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5894 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5895 5896 // void* reg_save_area; 5897 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5898 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5899 5900 // Create fields 5901 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5902 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5903 VaListTagDecl, 5904 SourceLocation(), 5905 SourceLocation(), 5906 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5907 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5908 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5909 /*Mutable=*/false, 5910 ICIS_NoInit); 5911 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5912 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5913 } 5914 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5915 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5916 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5917 5918 // } __va_list_tag; 5919 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5920 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5921 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5922 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5923 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5924 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5925 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5926 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5927 5928 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5929 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5930 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5931 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5932 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5933 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5934 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5935 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5936 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5937 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5938 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5939 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5940 TInfo); 5941 5942 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5943} 5944 5945static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5946 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5947 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5948 QualType IntArrayType 5949 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5950 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5951 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5952 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5953 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5954 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5955 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5956 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5957 5958 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5959} 5960 5961static TypedefDecl * 5962CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5963 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5964 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5965 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5966 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5967 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5968 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5969 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5970 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5971 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5972 5973 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5974 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5975 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5976 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5977 5978 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5979 5980 } else { 5981 // struct __va_list { 5982 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5983 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5984 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5985 } 5986 5987 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5988 5989 // void * __ap; 5990 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5991 VaListDecl, 5992 SourceLocation(), 5993 SourceLocation(), 5994 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5995 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5996 /*TInfo=*/0, 5997 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5998 /*Mutable=*/false, 5999 ICIS_NoInit); 6000 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6001 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 6002 6003 // }; 6004 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 6005 6006 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 6007 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6008 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 6009 6010 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 6011 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6012 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6013 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6014 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6015 TInfo); 6016 6017 return VaListTypeDecl; 6018} 6019 6020static TypedefDecl * 6021CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6022 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6023 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6024 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6025 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6026 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6027 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6028 6029 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6030 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6031 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6032 6033 // long __gpr; 6034 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6035 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6036 6037 // long __fpr; 6038 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6039 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6040 6041 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6042 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6043 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6044 6045 // void *__reg_save_area; 6046 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6047 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6048 6049 // Create fields 6050 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6051 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6052 VaListTagDecl, 6053 SourceLocation(), 6054 SourceLocation(), 6055 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6056 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6057 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6058 /*Mutable=*/false, 6059 ICIS_NoInit); 6060 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6061 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6062 } 6063 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6064 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6065 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6066 6067 // } __va_list_tag; 6068 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6069 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6070 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6071 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6072 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6073 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6074 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6075 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6076 6077 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6078 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6079 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6080 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6081 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6082 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6083 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6084 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6085 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6086 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6087 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6088 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6089 TInfo); 6090 6091 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6092} 6093 6094static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6095 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6096 switch (Kind) { 6097 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6098 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6099 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6100 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6101 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6102 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6103 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6104 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6105 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6106 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6107 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6108 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6109 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6110 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6111 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6112 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6113 } 6114 6115 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6116} 6117 6118TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6119 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6120 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6121 6122 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6123} 6124 6125QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6126 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6127 // declaration. 6128 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6129 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6130 6131 return VaListTagTy; 6132} 6133 6134void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6135 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6136 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6137 6138 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6139} 6140 6141/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6142/// lookup. 6143TemplateName 6144ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6145 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6146 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6147 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6148 6149 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6150 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6151 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6152 6153 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6154 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6155 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6156 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6157 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6158 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6159 *Storage++ = D; 6160 } 6161 6162 return TemplateName(OT); 6163} 6164 6165/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6166/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6167TemplateName 6168ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6169 bool TemplateKeyword, 6170 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6171 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6172 6173 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6174 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6175 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6176 6177 void *InsertPos = 0; 6178 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6179 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6180 if (!QTN) { 6181 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6182 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6183 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6184 } 6185 6186 return TemplateName(QTN); 6187} 6188 6189/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6190/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6191TemplateName 6192ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6193 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6194 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6195 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6196 6197 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6198 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6199 6200 void *InsertPos = 0; 6201 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6202 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6203 6204 if (QTN) 6205 return TemplateName(QTN); 6206 6207 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6208 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6209 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6210 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6211 } else { 6212 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6213 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6214 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6215 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6216 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6217 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6218 (void)CheckQTN; 6219 } 6220 6221 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6222 return TemplateName(QTN); 6223} 6224 6225/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6226/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6227TemplateName 6228ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6229 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6230 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6231 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6232 6233 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6234 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6235 6236 void *InsertPos = 0; 6237 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6238 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6239 6240 if (QTN) 6241 return TemplateName(QTN); 6242 6243 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6244 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6245 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6246 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6247 } else { 6248 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6249 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6250 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6251 6252 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6253 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6254 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6255 (void)CheckQTN; 6256 } 6257 6258 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6259 return TemplateName(QTN); 6260} 6261 6262TemplateName 6263ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6264 TemplateName replacement) const { 6265 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6266 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6267 6268 void *insertPos = 0; 6269 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6270 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6271 6272 if (!subst) { 6273 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6274 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6275 } 6276 6277 return TemplateName(subst); 6278} 6279 6280TemplateName 6281ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6282 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6283 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6284 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6285 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6286 6287 void *InsertPos = 0; 6288 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6289 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6290 6291 if (!Subst) { 6292 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6293 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6294 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6295 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6296 } 6297 6298 return TemplateName(Subst); 6299} 6300 6301/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6302/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6303/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6304CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6305 switch (Type) { 6306 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6307 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6308 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6309 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6310 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6311 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6312 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6313 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6314 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6315 } 6316 6317 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6318} 6319 6320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6321// Type Predicates. 6322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6323 6324/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6325/// garbage collection attribute. 6326/// 6327Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6328 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6329 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6330 6331 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6332 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6333 6334 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6335 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6336 // as __strong. 6337 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6338 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6339 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6340 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6341 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6342 } else { 6343 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6344 // pointer. 6345#ifndef NDEBUG 6346 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6347 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6348 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6349 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6350#endif 6351 } 6352 return GCAttrs; 6353} 6354 6355//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6356// Type Compatibility Testing 6357//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6358 6359/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6360/// compatible. 6361static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6362 const VectorType *RHS) { 6363 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6364 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6365 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6366} 6367 6368bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6369 QualType SecondVec) { 6370 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6371 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6372 6373 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6374 return true; 6375 6376 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6377 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6378 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6379 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6380 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6381 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6382 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6383 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6384 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6385 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6386 return true; 6387 6388 return false; 6389} 6390 6391//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6392// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6393//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6394 6395/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6396/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6397bool 6398ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6399 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6400 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6401 return true; 6402 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6403 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6404 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6405 return true; 6406 return false; 6407} 6408 6409/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6410/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6411/// otherwise. 6412bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6413 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6414 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6415 return false; 6416} 6417 6418/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6419/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6420bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6421 QualType rhs) { 6422 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6423 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6424 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6425 6426 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6427 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6428 bool match = false; 6429 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6430 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6431 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6432 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6433 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6434 match = true; 6435 break; 6436 } 6437 } 6438 if (!match) 6439 return false; 6440 } 6441 return true; 6442} 6443 6444/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6445/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6446bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6447 bool compare) { 6448 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6449 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6450 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6451 return true; 6452 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6453 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6454 return true; 6455 6456 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6457 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6458 6459 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6460 6461 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6462 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6463 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6464 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6465 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6466 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6467 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6468 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6469 // through its super class and categories. 6470 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6471 return false; 6472 } 6473 } 6474 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6475 return true; 6476 } 6477 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6478 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6479 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6480 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6481 bool match = false; 6482 6483 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6484 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6485 // through its super class and categories. 6486 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6487 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6488 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6489 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6490 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6491 match = true; 6492 break; 6493 } 6494 } 6495 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6496 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6497 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6498 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6499 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6500 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6501 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6502 // through its super class and categories. 6503 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6504 match = true; 6505 break; 6506 } 6507 } 6508 } 6509 if (!match) 6510 return false; 6511 } 6512 6513 return true; 6514 } 6515 6516 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6517 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6518 6519 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6520 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6521 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6522 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6523 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6524 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6525 bool match = false; 6526 6527 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6528 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6529 // through its super class and categories. 6530 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6531 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6532 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6533 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6534 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6535 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6536 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6537 match = true; 6538 break; 6539 } 6540 } 6541 if (!match) 6542 return false; 6543 } 6544 6545 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6546 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6547 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6548 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6549 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6550 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6551 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6552 // assume that it is mismatch. 6553 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6554 return false; 6555 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6556 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6557 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6558 bool match = false; 6559 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6560 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6561 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6562 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6563 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6564 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6565 match = true; 6566 break; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 if (!match) 6570 return false; 6571 } 6572 } 6573 return true; 6574 } 6575 return false; 6576} 6577 6578/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6579/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6580/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6581/// 6582bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6583 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6584 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6585 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6586 6587 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6588 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6589 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6590 return true; 6591 6592 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6593 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6594 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6595 false); 6596 6597 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6598 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6599 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6600 6601 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6602 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6603 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6604 6605 return false; 6606} 6607 6608/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6609/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6610/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6611/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6612/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6613bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6614 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6615 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6616 bool BlockReturnType) { 6617 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6618 return true; 6619 6620 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6621 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6622 } 6623 6624 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6625 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6626 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6627 false); 6628 6629 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6630 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6631 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6632 if (LHS != RHS) { 6633 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6634 return BlockReturnType; 6635 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6636 return !BlockReturnType; 6637 } 6638 else 6639 return true; 6640 } 6641 return false; 6642} 6643 6644/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6645/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6646/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6647/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6648static 6649void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6650 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6651 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6652 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6653 6654 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6655 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6656 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6657 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6658 6659 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6660 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6661 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6662 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6663 else { 6664 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6665 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6666 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6667 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6668 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6669 } 6670 6671 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6672 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6673 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6674 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6675 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6676 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6677 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6678 } else { 6679 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6680 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6681 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6682 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6683 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6684 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6685 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6686 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6687 } 6688} 6689 6690/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6691/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6692/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6693/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6694QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6695 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6696 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6697 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6698 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6699 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6700 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6701 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6702 return QualType(); 6703 6704 do { 6705 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6706 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6707 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6708 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6709 6710 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6711 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6712 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6713 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6714 return Result; 6715 } 6716 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6717 6718 return QualType(); 6719} 6720 6721bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6722 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6723 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6724 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6725 6726 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6727 // the LHS. 6728 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6729 return false; 6730 6731 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6732 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6733 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6734 return true; 6735 6736 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6737 // more detailed analysis is required. 6738 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6739 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6740 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6741 // false otherwise. 6742 bool IsSuperClass = 6743 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6744 if (IsSuperClass) { 6745 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6746 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6747 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6748 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6749 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6750 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6751 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6752 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6753 return false; 6754 6755 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6756 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6757 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6758 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6759 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6760 6761 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6762 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6763 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6764 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6765 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6766 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6767 break; 6768 } 6769 } 6770 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6771 return false; 6772 } 6773 return true; 6774 } 6775 return false; 6776 } 6777 6778 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6779 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6780 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6781 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6782 6783 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6784 // are incompatible. 6785 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6786 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6787 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6788 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6789 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6790 break; 6791 } 6792 } 6793 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6794 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6795 return false; 6796 } 6797 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6798 return true; 6799} 6800 6801bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6802 // get the "pointed to" types 6803 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6804 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6805 6806 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6807 return false; 6808 6809 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6810 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6811} 6812 6813bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6814 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6815 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6816 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6817} 6818 6819/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6820/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6821/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6822/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6823bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6824 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6825 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6826 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6827 6828 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6829} 6830 6831bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6832 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6833} 6834 6835bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6836 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6837} 6838 6839/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6840/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6841/// QualType() 6842QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6843 bool OfBlockPointer, 6844 bool Unqualified) { 6845 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6846 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6847 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6848 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6849 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6850 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6851 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6852 if (!MT.isNull()) 6853 return MT; 6854 } 6855 } 6856 } 6857 6858 return QualType(); 6859} 6860 6861/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6862/// argument types 6863QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6864 bool OfBlockPointer, 6865 bool Unqualified) { 6866 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6867 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6868 // type is compatible with a union member 6869 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6870 Unqualified); 6871 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6872 return lmerge; 6873 6874 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6875 Unqualified); 6876 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6877 return rmerge; 6878 6879 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6880} 6881 6882QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6883 bool OfBlockPointer, 6884 bool Unqualified) { 6885 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6886 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6887 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6888 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6889 bool allLTypes = true; 6890 bool allRTypes = true; 6891 6892 // Check return type 6893 QualType retType; 6894 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6895 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6896 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6897 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6898 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6899 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6900 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6901 } 6902 else 6903 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6904 Unqualified); 6905 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6906 6907 if (Unqualified) 6908 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6909 6910 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6911 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6912 if (Unqualified) { 6913 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6914 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6915 } 6916 6917 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6918 allLTypes = false; 6919 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6920 allRTypes = false; 6921 6922 // FIXME: double check this 6923 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6924 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6925 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6926 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6927 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6928 6929 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6930 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6931 return QualType(); 6932 6933 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6934 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6935 return QualType(); 6936 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6937 return QualType(); 6938 6939 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6940 return QualType(); 6941 6942 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6943 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6944 6945 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6946 allLTypes = false; 6947 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6948 allRTypes = false; 6949 6950 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6951 6952 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6953 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6954 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6955 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6956 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6957 6958 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6959 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6960 return QualType(); 6961 6962 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6963 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6964 return QualType(); 6965 6966 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6967 return QualType(); 6968 6969 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6970 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6971 return QualType(); 6972 6973 // Check argument compatibility 6974 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6975 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6976 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6977 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6978 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6979 OfBlockPointer, 6980 Unqualified); 6981 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6982 6983 if (Unqualified) 6984 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6985 6986 types.push_back(argtype); 6987 if (Unqualified) { 6988 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6989 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6990 } 6991 6992 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6993 allLTypes = false; 6994 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6995 allRTypes = false; 6996 } 6997 6998 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6999 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7000 7001 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7002 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7003 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 7004 } 7005 7006 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 7007 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 7008 7009 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 7010 if (proto) { 7011 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7012 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 7013 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 7014 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 7015 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 7016 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 7017 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 7018 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 7019 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 7020 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7021 7022 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7023 // to pass enum values. 7024 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7025 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7026 if (argTy.isNull()) 7027 return QualType(); 7028 } 7029 7030 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7031 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7032 return QualType(); 7033 } 7034 7035 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7036 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7037 7038 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7039 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7040 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7041 } 7042 7043 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7044 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7045 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7046} 7047 7048/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7049static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7050 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7051 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7052 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7053 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7054 // type. 7055 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7056 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7057 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7058 return other; 7059 7060 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7061 // integral type of the same size. 7062 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7063 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7064 return other; 7065 7066 return QualType(); 7067} 7068 7069QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7070 bool OfBlockPointer, 7071 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7072 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7073 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7074 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7075 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7076 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7077 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7078 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7079 7080 if (Unqualified) { 7081 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7082 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7083 } 7084 7085 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7086 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7087 7088 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7089 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7090 return LHS; 7091 7092 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7093 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7094 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7095 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7096 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7097 // mismatch. 7098 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7099 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7100 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7101 return QualType(); 7102 7103 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7104 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7105 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7106 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7107 // qualified __strong. 7108 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7109 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7110 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7111 7112 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7113 return QualType(); 7114 7115 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7116 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7117 } 7118 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7119 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7120 } 7121 return QualType(); 7122 } 7123 7124 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7125 7126 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7127 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7128 7129 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7130 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7131 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7132 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7133 7134 // Same as above for arrays 7135 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7136 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7137 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7138 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7139 7140 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7141 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7142 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7143 7144 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7145 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7146 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7147 7148 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7149 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7150 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7151 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7152 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7153 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7154 } 7155 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7156 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7157 } 7158 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7159 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7160 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7161 return LHS; 7162 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7163 return RHS; 7164 } 7165 7166 return QualType(); 7167 } 7168 7169 // The canonical type classes match. 7170 switch (LHSClass) { 7171#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7172#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7173#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7174#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7175#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7176#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7177 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7178 7179 case Type::Auto: 7180 case Type::LValueReference: 7181 case Type::RValueReference: 7182 case Type::MemberPointer: 7183 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7184 7185 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7186 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7187 case Type::VariableArray: 7188 case Type::FunctionProto: 7189 case Type::ExtVector: 7190 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7191 7192 case Type::Pointer: 7193 { 7194 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7195 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7196 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7197 if (Unqualified) { 7198 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7199 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7200 } 7201 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7202 Unqualified); 7203 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7204 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7205 return LHS; 7206 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7207 return RHS; 7208 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7209 } 7210 case Type::BlockPointer: 7211 { 7212 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7213 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7214 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7215 if (Unqualified) { 7216 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7217 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7218 } 7219 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7220 Unqualified); 7221 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7222 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7223 return LHS; 7224 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7225 return RHS; 7226 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7227 } 7228 case Type::Atomic: 7229 { 7230 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7231 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7232 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7233 if (Unqualified) { 7234 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7235 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7236 } 7237 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7238 Unqualified); 7239 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7240 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7241 return LHS; 7242 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7243 return RHS; 7244 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7245 } 7246 case Type::ConstantArray: 7247 { 7248 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7249 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7250 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7251 return QualType(); 7252 7253 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7254 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7255 if (Unqualified) { 7256 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7257 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7258 } 7259 7260 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7261 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7262 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7263 return LHS; 7264 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7265 return RHS; 7266 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7267 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7268 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7269 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7270 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7271 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7272 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7273 return LHS; 7274 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7275 return RHS; 7276 if (LVAT) { 7277 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7278 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7279 // has to be different. 7280 return LHS; 7281 } 7282 if (RVAT) { 7283 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7284 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7285 // has to be different. 7286 return RHS; 7287 } 7288 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7289 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7290 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7291 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7292 } 7293 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7294 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7295 case Type::Record: 7296 case Type::Enum: 7297 return QualType(); 7298 case Type::Builtin: 7299 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7300 return QualType(); 7301 case Type::Complex: 7302 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7303 return QualType(); 7304 case Type::Vector: 7305 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7306 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7307 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7308 return LHS; 7309 return QualType(); 7310 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7311 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7312 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7313 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7314 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7315 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7316 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7317 return LHS; 7318 7319 return QualType(); 7320 } 7321 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7322 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7323 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7324 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7325 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7326 BlockReturnType)) 7327 return LHS; 7328 return QualType(); 7329 } 7330 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7331 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7332 return LHS; 7333 7334 return QualType(); 7335 } 7336 } 7337 7338 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7339} 7340 7341bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7342 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7343 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7344 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7345 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7346 return false; 7347 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7348 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7349 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7350 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7351 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7352 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7353 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7354 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7355 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7356 return false; 7357 } 7358 return true; 7359} 7360 7361/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7362/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7363/// return types. 7364QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7365 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7366 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7367 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7368 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7369 return LHS; 7370 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7371 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7372 return QualType(); 7373 QualType OldReturnType = 7374 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7375 QualType NewReturnType = 7376 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7377 QualType ResReturnType = 7378 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7379 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7380 return QualType(); 7381 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7382 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7383 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7384 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7385 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7386 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7387 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7388 QualType ResultType = 7389 getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7390 return ResultType; 7391 } 7392 } 7393 return QualType(); 7394 } 7395 7396 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7397 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7398 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7399 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7400 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7401 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7402 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7403 return QualType(); 7404 7405 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7406 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7407 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7408 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7409 // qualified __strong. 7410 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7411 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7412 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7413 7414 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7415 return QualType(); 7416 7417 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7418 return LHS; 7419 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7420 return RHS; 7421 return QualType(); 7422 } 7423 7424 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7425 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7426 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7427 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7428 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7429 return LHS; 7430 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7431 return RHS; 7432 } 7433 return QualType(); 7434} 7435 7436//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7437// Integer Predicates 7438//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7439 7440unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7441 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7442 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7443 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7444 return 1; 7445 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7446 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7447} 7448 7449QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7450 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7451 7452 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7453 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7454 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7455 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7456 7457 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7458 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7459 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7460 7461 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7462 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7463 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7464 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7465 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7466 return UnsignedCharTy; 7467 case BuiltinType::Short: 7468 return UnsignedShortTy; 7469 case BuiltinType::Int: 7470 return UnsignedIntTy; 7471 case BuiltinType::Long: 7472 return UnsignedLongTy; 7473 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7474 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7475 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7476 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7477 default: 7478 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7479 } 7480} 7481 7482ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7483 7484void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7485 QualType ReturnType) {} 7486 7487//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7488// Builtin Type Computation 7489//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7490 7491/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7492/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7493/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7494/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7495/// a vector of "i*". 7496/// 7497/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7498/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7499static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7500 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7501 bool &RequiresICE, 7502 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7503 // Modifiers. 7504 int HowLong = 0; 7505 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7506 RequiresICE = false; 7507 7508 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7509 bool Done = false; 7510 while (!Done) { 7511 switch (*Str++) { 7512 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7513 case 'I': 7514 RequiresICE = true; 7515 break; 7516 case 'S': 7517 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7518 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7519 Signed = true; 7520 break; 7521 case 'U': 7522 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7523 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7524 Unsigned = true; 7525 break; 7526 case 'L': 7527 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7528 ++HowLong; 7529 break; 7530 } 7531 } 7532 7533 QualType Type; 7534 7535 // Read the base type. 7536 switch (*Str++) { 7537 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7538 case 'v': 7539 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7540 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7541 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7542 break; 7543 case 'f': 7544 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7545 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7546 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7547 break; 7548 case 'd': 7549 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7550 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7551 if (HowLong) 7552 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7553 else 7554 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7555 break; 7556 case 's': 7557 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7558 if (Unsigned) 7559 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7560 else 7561 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7562 break; 7563 case 'i': 7564 if (HowLong == 3) 7565 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7566 else if (HowLong == 2) 7567 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7568 else if (HowLong == 1) 7569 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7570 else 7571 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7572 break; 7573 case 'c': 7574 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7575 if (Signed) 7576 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7577 else if (Unsigned) 7578 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7579 else 7580 Type = Context.CharTy; 7581 break; 7582 case 'b': // boolean 7583 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7584 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7585 break; 7586 case 'z': // size_t. 7587 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7588 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7589 break; 7590 case 'F': 7591 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7592 break; 7593 case 'G': 7594 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7595 break; 7596 case 'H': 7597 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7598 break; 7599 case 'M': 7600 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7601 break; 7602 case 'a': 7603 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7604 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7605 break; 7606 case 'A': 7607 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7608 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7609 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7610 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7611 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7612 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7613 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7614 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7615 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7616 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7617 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7618 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7619 else 7620 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7621 break; 7622 case 'V': { 7623 char *End; 7624 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7625 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7626 Str = End; 7627 7628 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7629 RequiresICE, false); 7630 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7631 7632 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7633 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7634 VectorType::GenericVector); 7635 break; 7636 } 7637 case 'E': { 7638 char *End; 7639 7640 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7641 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7642 7643 Str = End; 7644 7645 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7646 false); 7647 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7648 break; 7649 } 7650 case 'X': { 7651 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7652 false); 7653 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7654 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7655 break; 7656 } 7657 case 'Y' : { 7658 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7659 break; 7660 } 7661 case 'P': 7662 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7663 if (Type.isNull()) { 7664 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7665 return QualType(); 7666 } 7667 break; 7668 case 'J': 7669 if (Signed) 7670 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7671 else 7672 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7673 7674 if (Type.isNull()) { 7675 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7676 return QualType(); 7677 } 7678 break; 7679 case 'K': 7680 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7681 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7682 7683 if (Type.isNull()) { 7684 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7685 return QualType(); 7686 } 7687 break; 7688 case 'p': 7689 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7690 break; 7691 } 7692 7693 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7694 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7695 while (!Done) { 7696 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7697 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7698 case '*': 7699 case '&': { 7700 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7701 // qualified with an address space. 7702 char *End; 7703 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7704 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7705 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7706 Str = End; 7707 } 7708 if (c == '*') 7709 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7710 else 7711 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7712 break; 7713 } 7714 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7715 case 'C': 7716 Type = Type.withConst(); 7717 break; 7718 case 'D': 7719 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7720 break; 7721 case 'R': 7722 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7723 break; 7724 } 7725 } 7726 7727 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7728 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7729 7730 return Type; 7731} 7732 7733/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7734QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7735 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7736 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7737 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7738 7739 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7740 7741 bool RequiresICE = false; 7742 Error = GE_None; 7743 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7744 RequiresICE, true); 7745 if (Error != GE_None) 7746 return QualType(); 7747 7748 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7749 7750 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7751 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7752 if (Error != GE_None) 7753 return QualType(); 7754 7755 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7756 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7757 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7758 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7759 7760 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7761 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7762 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7763 7764 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7765 } 7766 7767 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7768 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7769 7770 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7771 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7772 7773 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7774 7775 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7776 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7777 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7778 7779 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7780 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7781 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7782 7783 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7784} 7785 7786GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7787 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7788 return GVA_Internal; 7789 7790 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7791 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7792 case TSK_Undeclared: 7793 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7794 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7795 break; 7796 7797 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7798 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7799 7800 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7801 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7802 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7803 break; 7804 } 7805 7806 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7807 return External; 7808 7809 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7810 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7811 // externally visible. 7812 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7813 return External; 7814 7815 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7816 return GVA_C99Inline; 7817 } 7818 7819 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7820 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7821 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7822 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7823 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7824 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7825 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7826 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7827 return GVA_C99Inline; 7828 7829 return GVA_CXXInline; 7830} 7831 7832GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7833 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7834 return GVA_Internal; 7835 7836 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7837 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7838 // template. 7839 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7840 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7841 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7842 7843 switch (TSK) { 7844 case TSK_Undeclared: 7845 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7846 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7847 7848 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7849 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7850 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7851 7852 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7853 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7854 7855 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7856 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7857 } 7858 7859 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7860} 7861 7862bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7863 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7864 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7865 return false; 7866 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7867 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7868 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7869 return false; 7870 } else 7871 return false; 7872 7873 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7874 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7875 return false; 7876 7877 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7878 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7879 return false; 7880 7881 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7882 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7883 return true; 7884 7885 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7886 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7887 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7888 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7889 7890 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7891 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7892 return true; 7893 7894 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7895 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7896 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7897 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7898 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7899 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7900 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7901 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7902 return true; 7903 } 7904 } 7905 } 7906 7907 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7908 7909 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7910 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7911 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7912 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7913 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7914 return false; 7915 return true; 7916 } 7917 7918 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7919 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7920 7921 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7922 return false; 7923 7924 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7925 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7926 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7927 return true; 7928 7929 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7930 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7931 return true; 7932 7933 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7934 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7935 return true; 7936 7937 return false; 7938} 7939 7940CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7941 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7942 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7943} 7944 7945CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7946 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7947 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7948 return CC_Default; 7949 return CC; 7950} 7951 7952bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7953 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7954 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7955} 7956 7957MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7958 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7959 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7960 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7961 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7962 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7963 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7964 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7965 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7966 } 7967 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7968} 7969 7970CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7971 7972size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7973 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7974 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7975 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7976 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7977 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7978 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7979 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7980 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7981 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7982 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7983 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7984 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7985 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7986 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7987} 7988 7989void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7990 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7991 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7992 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) 7993 return; 7994 7995 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7996 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7997 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7998} 7999 8000int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 8001 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 8002 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 8003 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 8004} 8005 8006unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 8007 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 8008 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 8009 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 8010} 8011 8012 8013void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8014 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8015} 8016 8017unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8018 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8019 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8020 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8021 return I->second; 8022} 8023 8024APValue * 8025ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, 8026 bool MayCreate) { 8027 assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && 8028 "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary"); 8029 if (MayCreate) 8030 return &MaterializedTemporaryValues[E]; 8031 8032 llvm::DenseMap<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue>::iterator I = 8033 MaterializedTemporaryValues.find(E); 8034 return I == MaterializedTemporaryValues.end() ? 0 : &I->second; 8035} 8036 8037bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { 8038 const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 8039 if (!T.isOSDarwin()) 8040 return false; 8041 8042 QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); 8043 CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); 8044 uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); 8045 CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); 8046 unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); 8047 unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); 8048 return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); 8049} 8050 8051namespace { 8052 8053 /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their 8054 /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor. 8055 /// 8056 /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST 8057 /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context) 8058 /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers. 8059 /// 8060 /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes. 8061 class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> { 8062 8063 public: 8064 /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map. 8065 /// 8066 /// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap. 8067 static ASTContext::ParentMap *buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) { 8068 ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMap); 8069 Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU); 8070 return Visitor.Parents; 8071 } 8072 8073 private: 8074 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> VisitorBase; 8075 8076 ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents) : Parents(Parents) { 8077 } 8078 8079 bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { 8080 return true; 8081 } 8082 bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { 8083 return true; 8084 } 8085 // Disables data recursion. We intercept Traverse* methods in the RAV, which 8086 // are not triggered during data recursion. 8087 bool shouldUseDataRecursionFor(clang::Stmt *S) const { 8088 return false; 8089 } 8090 8091 template <typename T> 8092 bool TraverseNode(T *Node, bool(VisitorBase:: *traverse) (T *)) { 8093 if (Node == NULL) 8094 return true; 8095 if (ParentStack.size() > 0) 8096 // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, for example 8097 // when we visit all subexpressions of template instantiations; this is 8098 // suboptimal, bug benign: the only way to visit those is with 8099 // hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create new matches. 8100 // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash 8101 // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions / 8102 // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that 8103 // do not have pointer identity. 8104 (*Parents)[Node].push_back(ParentStack.back()); 8105 ParentStack.push_back(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node)); 8106 bool Result = (this ->* traverse) (Node); 8107 ParentStack.pop_back(); 8108 return Result; 8109 } 8110 8111 bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) { 8112 return TraverseNode(DeclNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseDecl); 8113 } 8114 8115 bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) { 8116 return TraverseNode(StmtNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseStmt); 8117 } 8118 8119 ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents; 8120 llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack; 8121 8122 friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>; 8123 }; 8124 8125} // end namespace 8126 8127ASTContext::ParentVector 8128ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { 8129 assert(Node.getMemoizationData() && 8130 "Invariant broken: only nodes that support memoization may be " 8131 "used in the parent map."); 8132 if (!AllParents) { 8133 // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as 8134 // hasAncestor can escape any subtree. 8135 AllParents.reset( 8136 ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl())); 8137 } 8138 ParentMap::const_iterator I = AllParents->find(Node.getMemoizationData()); 8139 if (I == AllParents->end()) { 8140 return ParentVector(); 8141 } 8142 return I->second; 8143} 8144